Hyundai Sonata Workshop Manual (V6-3.3L (2006) ) - Optimized

Factory Workshop Manual
Make
Hyundai
Model
Sonata
Engine and year
V6-3.3L (2006)
Please navigate through the PDF using the options

provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar.
This manual was submitted by

Anonymous
Date
1st January 2018
Hyundai Sonata Workshop Manual (V6-3.3L (2006))
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment >
Antenna Control Module > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Pedal Positioning Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Relay >
Components Location
Component Information > Locations > Page 14
Power Door Lock Relay: Testing and Inspection
POWER DOOR LOCK RELAY
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the junction box. 3. Check for continuity
between the terminals.
DOOR LOCK
1. There should be continuity between the No.12 and No.9 terminals in the I/P-D when power and
ground are connected to the No.12 terminal in the
I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the I/P-D.

2. There should be no continuity between the No.12 terminal in the I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the
I/P-D when power is disconnected.
DOOR UNLOCK
1. There should be continuity between the No.3 terminal in the I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the I/P-D
when power and ground are connected to the
No.11 terminal in the I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the I/P-D.

2. There should be no continuity between the No.11 terminal in the I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the
I/P-D when power is disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module
> Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake
Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Electronic Brake Control Module: >
NHTSA05V316000 > Jul > 05 > Recall 05V316000: ESC ECU Reprogramming
Electronic Brake Control Module: Recalls Recall 05V316000: ESC ECU Reprogramming
MAKE/MODELS: MODEL/BUILD YEARS: Hyundai/Sonata 2006 MANUFACTURER: Hyundai
Motor Company NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 05V316000 MFG'S REPORT DATE: July 06,
2005
COMPONENT: Suspension: Automatic Stability Control (ASC)
POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 1970
SUMMARY: On certain passenger vehicles equipped with 3.3 liter engines and Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), The ESC may have been programmed to be oversensitive to the onset of
oversteering while driving on banked curves, causing inadvertent application of the front outside
brake when ESC activation may not be needed.
CONSEQUENCE: This may cause the vehicle to slow and may affect the path that the vehicle is
traveling. Brake application caused by inadvertent ESC activation may result in a crash.
REMEDY: Dealers will reprogram the ESC hydraulic electronic control unit. The recall began on
July 29, 2005. Owners should contact Hyundai at 1-800-633-5151.
NOTES: Hyundai recall No. 070. Customers can also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to
http://www.safercar.gov.
05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming
Electronic Brake Control Module: Recalls Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming
Group: CAMPAIGN
Number: 05-01-007
Date: JULY, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA V6
Subject: SONATA ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS - CAMPAIGN 070
IMPORTANT:
DEALERS MUST PERFORM THIS CAMPAIGN ON ALL AFFECTED VEHICLES PRIOR TO

CUSTOMER RETAIL DELIVERY AND WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE SHOP
FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR.
IMPORTANT:
WHEN A VEHICLE ARRIVES AT THE SERVICE DEPARTMENT, ACCESS HYUNDAI MOTOR

AMERICA'S "WARRANTY VEHICLE INFORMATION" SCREEN VIA DCS INTERACTIVE OR DCS
ON-LINE TO IDENTIFY OPEN CAMPAIGNS.
DESCRIPTION:
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) of some 2006 Sonata vehicles equipped with 3.3 Liter
engines may be programmed to be too sensitive, causing inadvertent brake application on banked
curves.
To correct this condition, the ESC ECU may be reprogrammed using the Hi-Scan Pro as described
in this bulletin.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ Model: 2006 SONATA 3.3L vehicles with ESC
^ Affected vehicle production date range:
^ Produced from May 5, 2005 through June 10, 2005
ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS:

CAUTIONS BEFORE REPROGRAMMING:
1. Perform reprogramming with the ignition key in the "ON" position.
2. Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or Hi-Scan Pro during
reprogramming.
WARNING:
^ When reprogramming the SONATA ESC ECU, the manual reprogramming mode [error mode] is
not available.
^ If ESC ECU reprogramming is interrupted during the "ESC ECU software data download" process
as a result of cable disconnection, power interruption or battery discharge, the ESC ECU must be
replaced.
3. Do not start the engine during reprogramming.

05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming > Page 32
4. Do not turn the ignition key OFF during reprogramming.
5. When the reprogramming is completed, wait for about 20 seconds and then start the engine to
confirm proper operation of the vehicle.
ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING:
NOTE:
Verify that the vehicle was manufactured within the affected production date range and the
campaign is open per the DCS interactive screen.
1. Attach the Data Link Connector (DLC) cable to the Hi-Scan Pro main body and securely tighten
the two bolts.
2. Remove the system software card from the Hi-Scan Pro and insert the reprogramming software
card with the new ECU program into the Hi-Scan top slot.
3. Plug the DLC cable from the Hi-Scan Pro into the data link connector (16-pin connector) under
the instrument panel on the driver's side.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Do not start the engine).
5. Turn the Hi-Scan Pro ON and press ENTER.
6. Select option "61. SONATA ESP LOGIC IMPROVEMENT" and press ENTER.
7. Select option "01. SONATA ESP LOGIC [AUTO MODE]" and press ENTER.
8. Enter "1229" as the password for automatic reprogramming mode and press ENTER.
9. The Hi-Scan Pro will establish communication, check the ESC ECU ID and reprogram the ESC
ECU automatically.
CAUTION:
IF "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED. PRESS ANY KEY" is displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen in
step 9, exit the ESC ECU reprogramming procedure by pressing any key. The ESC ECU
reprogramming has previously been completed on this vehicle.
05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming > Page 33
10. Turn the ignition key OFF and ON. Press ENTER.
WARNING:
Be careful not to interrupt the reprogramming.
^ If the reprogramming is interrupted during the "BASIC AND FUNCTION DOWNLOAD" process,
repeat the reprogramming procedure again.
^ If the reprogramming is interrupted during the "ECU SW DATA DOWNLOAD" process, the ESC
ECU must be replaced.
NOTE:
^ The Hi-Scan Pro detects the current ESC ECU ID, assigns the new ESC ECU ID and displays
them on the Hi-Scan Pro screen.
^ Check the ESC ECU ID displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen to verify that the correct ESC ECU
software is being downloaded. Refer to the "ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS TABLE" in this TSB.
12. When the reprogramming is completed successfully, turn the ignition key to the OFF position
for about 20 seconds and start the engine to confirm proper operation of the vehicle.
13. Check for diagnostic trouble codes using the Hi-Scan Pro with the system software card and
erase any trouble codes.
EXPLANATION OF ERROR MESSAGE:
1. "INVALID PASSWORD": Please enter the exact password again.
2. "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED" or "INCORRECT TARGET ID": This reprogramming has

previously been completed on this vehicle or the ESC ECU is not subject to this reprogramming
procedure.
3. "COMMUNICATION ERROR, PLEASE CHECK THE SYSTEM": In this case, the ESC ECU
must be replaced.
CAMPAIGN CLAIM INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Submit claim using the Campaign Claim Screen.

Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic
Brake Control Module: > NHTSA05V316000 > Jul > 05 > Recall 05V316000: ESC ECU Reprogramming
Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 05V316000: ESC ECU
Reprogramming
MAKE/MODELS: MODEL/BUILD YEARS: Hyundai/Sonata 2006 MANUFACTURER: Hyundai
Motor Company NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 05V316000 MFG'S REPORT DATE: July 06,
2005
COMPONENT: Suspension: Automatic Stability Control (ASC)
SUMMARY: On certain passenger vehicles equipped with 3.3 liter engines and Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), The ESC may have been programmed to be oversensitive to the onset of
oversteering while driving on banked curves, causing inadvertent application of the front outside
brake when ESC activation may not be needed.
CONSEQUENCE: This may cause the vehicle to slow and may affect the path that the vehicle is
traveling. Brake application caused by inadvertent ESC activation may result in a crash.
REMEDY: Dealers will reprogram the ESC hydraulic electronic control unit. The recall began on
July 29, 2005. Owners should contact Hyundai at 1-800-633-5151.
NOTES: Hyundai recall No. 070. Customers can also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety
Brake Control Module: > 05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming
Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall - ESC ECU
Reprogramming
Group: CAMPAIGN
Number: 05-01-007
Date: JULY, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA V6
Subject: SONATA ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS - CAMPAIGN 070
IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) of some 2006 Sonata vehicles equipped with 3.3 Liter
engines may be programmed to be too sensitive, causing inadvertent brake application on banked
curves.
To correct this condition, the ESC ECU may be reprogrammed using the Hi-Scan Pro as described
in this bulletin.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ Model: 2006 SONATA 3.3L vehicles with ESC
^ Produced from May 5, 2005 through June 10, 2005
ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS:

CAUTIONS BEFORE REPROGRAMMING:
1. Perform reprogramming with the ignition key in the "ON" position.
2. Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or Hi-Scan Pro during
reprogramming.
WARNING:
^ When reprogramming the SONATA ESC ECU, the manual reprogramming mode [error mode] is
not available.
^ If ESC ECU reprogramming is interrupted during the "ESC ECU software data download" process
as a result of cable disconnection, power interruption or battery discharge, the ESC ECU must be
replaced.

Brake Control Module: > 05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming > Page 43
5. When the reprogramming is completed, wait for about 20 seconds and then start the engine to
confirm proper operation of the vehicle.
ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING:
NOTE:
Verify that the vehicle was manufactured within the affected production date range and the
campaign is open per the DCS interactive screen.
the two bolts.
2. Remove the system software card from the Hi-Scan Pro and insert the reprogramming software
card with the new ECU program into the Hi-Scan top slot.
3. Plug the DLC cable from the Hi-Scan Pro into the data link connector (16-pin connector) under
the instrument panel on the driver's side.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Do not start the engine).
6. Select option "61. SONATA ESP LOGIC IMPROVEMENT" and press ENTER.
7. Select option "01. SONATA ESP LOGIC [AUTO MODE]" and press ENTER.
9. The Hi-Scan Pro will establish communication, check the ESC ECU ID and reprogram the ESC
ECU automatically.
CAUTION:
IF "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED. PRESS ANY KEY" is displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen in
step 9, exit the ESC ECU reprogramming procedure by pressing any key. The ESC ECU
reprogramming has previously been completed on this vehicle.
Brake Control Module: > 05-01-007 > Jul > 05 > Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming > Page 44
WARNING:
Be careful not to interrupt the reprogramming.
^ If the reprogramming is interrupted during the "BASIC AND FUNCTION DOWNLOAD" process,
repeat the reprogramming procedure again.
^ If the reprogramming is interrupted during the "ECU SW DATA DOWNLOAD" process, the ESC
ECU must be replaced.
NOTE:
^ The Hi-Scan Pro detects the current ESC ECU ID, assigns the new ESC ECU ID and displays
them on the Hi-Scan Pro screen.
^ Check the ESC ECU ID displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen to verify that the correct ESC ECU
software is being downloaded. Refer to the "ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS TABLE" in this TSB.
12. When the reprogramming is completed successfully, turn the ignition key to the OFF position
for about 20 seconds and start the engine to confirm proper operation of the vehicle.
EXPLANATION OF ERROR MESSAGE:
1. "INVALID PASSWORD": Please enter the exact password again.
2. "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED" or "INCORRECT TARGET ID": This reprogramming has

previously been completed on this vehicle or the ESC ECU is not subject to this reprogramming
procedure.
3. "COMMUNICATION ERROR, PLEASE CHECK THE SYSTEM": In this case, the ESC ECU
must be replaced.
CAMPAIGN CLAIM INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Submit claim using the Campaign Claim Screen.

Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Electronic Brake Control Module: Component Locations
ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) Component Locations

Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 47
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) System Component Locations

Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 48
Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 49
Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 50
1. Disconnect the brake tube from the HECU by unlocking the nuts counterclockwise with a
spanner. 2. Lift up the vehicle.
3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the HECU. 4. Remove the two HEW brake mounting bolts
(B), and then disassemble the HECU with the bracket.
CAUTION: 1. Never attempt to disassemble the HECU. 2. The HECU must be transported and
stored in upright position and with sealed ports. 3. Never shock to the HECU.
5. Remove the two HECU mounting nuts and washer, and then remove the bracket.
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is the reverse of removal. 2. Tighten the HECU mounting bolts and brake tube nuts to
the specified torque.
Tightening torque HECU mounting nut 5.88 - 9.8 Nm (0.6 - 1 kgf.m 4.36 - 7.27 ft. lbs.) HECU
bracket mounting bolt: 16.66 - 25.48 Nm (1.7 - 2.6 kgf.m 12.36 - 18.9 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control
Module > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
01 DIAGRAMS BY SYSTEM/ NAME OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
- Each diagram is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch,
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 59
and the function of other relevant circuits at once. It is applicable to real service work.
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.
- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.
02 CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION (COMPONENTS)

- The connector figure of consisted parts in the schematic diagram by system is indicated at the
end of schematic diagram.
- It shows the front of the connector on the harness side with not connecting the components to
harness connector. The number of terminal being in use is in accordance with the way obtaining
number and unused terminal is marked with (*).
03 CONNECTOR CONFIGURATIONS (CONNECTION BETWEEN HARNESSES)
- When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors and indicates them on the connector configurations group.
04 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
- To find the components easily, component locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower of component name.
- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.
05 CONNECTOR VIEW AND NUMBERING ORDER

NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.
06 WIRE COLOR ABBREVIATIONS
The abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
07 HARNESS CLASSIFICATION
Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring pans in the Harness Layouts.
08 CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION
A connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol

corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.
These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.
Example
NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the symbols as in below
diagram.
Example
JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION
A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
Basic Inspection Procedure
BASIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE
MEASURING CONDITION OF ELECTRONIC PARTS RESISTANCE
The measured resistance at high temperature after vehicle running may be high or low. So all
resistance must be measured at ambient temperature (20 degrees C, 68 degrees F), unless there
is any notice.
NOTE: The measured resistance in except for ambient temperature (20 degrees C, 68 degrees F)
is reference value.
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Sometimes the most difficult case in troubleshooting is when a problem symptom occurs but does
not occur again during testing. An example would be if a problem appears only when the vehicle is
cold but has not appeared when warm. In this case, the technician should thoroughly make out a
"CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS SHEET" and recreate (simulate) the environment and
condition which occurred when the vehicle was having the issue.
1. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
2. Inspect connector connection, and check terminal for poor connections, loose wires, bent,
broken or corroded pins, and then verify that the
connectors are always securely fastened.
3. Slightly shake the connector and wiring harness vertically and horizontally. 4. Repair or replace
the component that has a problem. 5. Verify that the problem has disappeared with the road test.
SIMULATING VIBRATION
a. Sensors and Actuators
:Slightly vibrate sensors, actuators or relays with finger.
WARNING: Strong vibration may break sensors, actuators or relays
b. Connectors and Harness
:Lightly shake the connector and wiring harness vertically and then horizontally.
SIMULATING HEAT
a. Heat components suspected of causing the malfunction with a hair dryer or other heat source.
WARNING: -
DO NOT heat components to the point where they may be damaged.
- DO NOT heat the ECM directly.

SIMULATING WATER SPRINKLING
a. Sprinkle water onto vehicle to simulate a rainy day or a high humidity condition.
WARNING: DO NOT sprinkle water directly into the engine compartment or electronic components.
SIMULATING ELECTRICAL LOAD
a. Turn on all electrical systems to simulate excessive electrical loads (Radios, fans, lights, etc.).
CONNECTOR INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Handling of Connector
a. Never pull on the wiring harness when disconnecting connectors.
b. When removing the connector with a lock, press or pull locking lever.
c. Listen for a click when locking connectors. This sound indicates that they are securely locked.
d. When a tester is used to check for continuity, or to measure voltage, always insert tester probe
from wire harness side.
e. Check waterproof connector terminals from the connector side. Waterproof connectors cannot
be accessed from harness side.
NOTE: -
Use a fine wire to prevent damage to the terminal
- Do not damage the terminal when inserting the tester lead.
2. Checking Point for Connector
a. While the connector is connected:
Hold the connector, check connecting condition and locking efficiency.
b. When the connector is disconnected:
Check missed terminal, crimped terminal or broken core wire by slightly pulling the wire harness.
Visually check for rust, contamination, deformation and bend.
c. Check terminal tightening condition:
Insert a spare male terminal into a female terminal, and then check terminal tightening conditions.
d. Pull lightly on individual wires to ensure that each wire is secured in the terminal.
3. Repair Method of Connector Terminal
a. Clean the contact points using air gun and/or shop rag.
NOTE: Never use sand paper when polishing the contact points, otherwise the contact point may
be damaged.
b. In case of abnormal contact pressure, replace the female terminal.
WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Before removing the wire harness, check the wire harness position and crimping in order to
restore it correctly. 2. Check whether the wire harness is twisted, pulled or loosened. 3. Check
whether the temperature of the wire harness is abnormally high. 4. Check whether the wire harness
is rotating, moving or vibrating against the sharp edge of a part. 5. Check the connection between
the wire harness and any installed part. 6. If the covering of wire harness is damaged:
secure,repair or replace the harness.
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Procedures for Open Circuit
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
If an open circuit occurs (as seen in [FIG. 1]), it can be found by performing Step 2 (Continuity
Check Method) or Step 3 (Voltage Check Method) as shown below.
2. Continuity Check Method
NOTE: When measuring for resistance, lightly shake the wire harness above and below or from
side to side.
Specification (Resistance) 1 Ohm or less -> Normal Circuit 1 MOhm or Higher-> Open Circuit
a. Disconnect connectors (A), (C) and measure resistance between connector (A) and (C) as
shown in [FIG. 2].
In [FIG.2.] the measured resistance of line 1 and 2 is higher than 1 MOhm and below 1 Ohm
respectively. Specifically the open circuit is line 1 (Line 2 is normal). To find exact break point,
check sub line of line 1 as described in next step.
b. Disconnect connector (B), and measure for resistance between connector (C) and (B1). and
between (B2) and (A) as shown in [FIG. 3].
In this case the measured resistance between connector (C) and (B1) is higher than 1 MOhm and
the open circuit is between terminal 1 of connector (C) and terminal 1 of connector (B1).
3. Voltage Check Method
a. With each connector still connected, measure the voltage between the chassis ground and
terminal 1 of each connectors (A), (B) and (C) as
shown in [FIG. 4].
The measured voltage of each connector is 5 V, 5 V and 0 V respectively. So the open circuit is
between connector (C) and (B).
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
4. Test Method for Short to Ground Circuit Continuity Check with Chassis Ground
If short to ground circuit occurs as shown in [FIG. 5], the broken point can be found by performing
below Step 2 (Continuity Check Method with Chassis Ground) as shown below.
5. Continuity Check Method (with Chassis Ground)
NOTE: Lightly shake the wire harness above and below, or from side to side when measuring the
resistance.
Specification (Resistance) 1 Ohm or less -> Short to Ground Circuit 1 MOhm or Higher -> Normal
Circuit
a. Disconnect connectors (A), (C) and measure for resistance between connector (A) and Chassis
Ground as shown in [FIG. 6].
The measured resistance of line 1 and 2 in this example is below 1 Ohm and higher than 1 MOhm
respectively. Specifically the short to ground circuit is line 1 (Line 2 is normal). To find exact broken
point, check the sub line of line 1 as described in the following step.
b. Disconnect connector (B), and measure the resistance between connector (A) and chassis
ground, and between (B1) and chassis ground as
shown in [FIG. 7].
The measured resistance between connector (B1) and chassis ground is 1 Ohm or less. The short
to ground circuit is between terminal 1 of connector (C) and terminal 1 of connector (B1).
Troubleshooting Instructions
TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
The following five step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.
1. Verify the customer's complaints
Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.
2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram
Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground Is a likely cause.
3. Inspect the circuit/ component with the problem Isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.
4. Repair the problem
Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.
5. Make sure the circuit works
Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT
VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid-state units
and use a test lamp to check for voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of
leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit
where voltage should be present. When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.
CAUTION: A number of circuits Include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage In these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result
A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present
SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter
to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how much resistance there is between two points
along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
CAUTION: Never use a self-powered teat lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.
An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.
JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE
Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.
A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.
CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher range than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.
SHORT FINDER A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a
pulsing magnetic field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body
trim or sheet metal.
TROUBLESHOOTING TEST
1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE
This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back (backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems. A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. if you
are using a voltmeter, be sure it is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have
connected to ground.
B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point (connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from
specification indicates a problem.
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to test. If you are using an ohmmeter,
hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.
C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.
3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the hamess from side to side.Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the
self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.
E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers,there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER
A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the
fuse box and the short.
E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and
body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor
Relay > Component Information > Locations
Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 79

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations
Component Location
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Blower Motor Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 100

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Blower Motor Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Information > Diagrams > Page 115
Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
FULL AUTO TYPE
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the passenger compartment relay box.
Check for continuity between the terminals.
3. There should be continuity between the No.9 in the I/P-K and No.15 in the I/P-A terminals when
power and ground are connected to the No.16 in
the I/P-D and No.13 I/P-B terminals in the passenger compartment relay box.
4. There should be no continuity between the No.9 in the I/P-K and No.15 in the I/P-A terminals
when power is disconnected. 5. If the blower motor voltage does not operate properly, substitute
with a known-good blower relay and check for proper operation. 6. If the problem is corrected,
replace the blower relay.
MANUAL TYPE
1. There should be continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals when power and ground are
connected to the No.1 and No.2 terminals.
2. There should be no continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals when power is
disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Auto)
Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Auto) > Page 121
Control Module HVAC: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Control Module HVAC: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Panel Illumination Control
Panel Illumination Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Panel Illumination Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp
Control Unit > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Testing and Inspection
DRL CONTROL MODULE
INSPECTION
1. The daytime running light unit (A) is integrated in the junction box.
2. Check that the light operate according to the following timing chart. 3. If the daytime running light
is not operated well, inspect the connector and terminals to be sure they are all making good
contact.
If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. If
the terminals look OK, go to step 4.
4. Make these input tests at the connector by using ETM If any test indicates a problem, find and
correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the junction box must be faulty; replace it.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 166
Fog/Driving Lamp Relay: Testing and Inspection
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY INSPECTION
1. Pull out the front fog lamp (A) relay from the engine compartment relay box. 2. Check for
continuity between terminals. There should be continuity between the No.i and No2 terminals when
power and ground are connected to
the No.3 and No.4 terminals.
disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Relay >
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Relay >
Headlamp Relay: Testing and Inspection
HEAD LAMP RELAY INSPECTION

1. Pull out the head lamp relay (Low) (A) and head lamp relay (High) (B) from the engine
compartment relay box. 2. Check for continuity between terminals. There should be continuity
between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power and ground are connected
to the No.2 and No.3 terminals.
disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Relay Box: Locations
Passenger Compartment Junction Block View

Passenger Compartment Junction Block Circuit Details
Engine Compartment Junction Block View
Engine Compartment Junction Block Circuit Details
Passenger Compartment Relay Box View
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Relay Box: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 182

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Relay Box: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Component Information > Diagrams > Page 197
Relay Box: Application and ID

Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
Relay Box: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
INSPECTION
POWER RELAY TEST (TYPE A)

disconnected.
POWER RELAY TEST (TYPE B)
Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment) > Page 205
2. There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected.
POWER RELAY TEST (TYPE C)
disconnected.
POWER RELAY TEST (TYPE D)

FUSE INSPECTION
1. Be sure there is no play in the fuse holders, and that the fuses are held securely. 2. Are the fuse
capacities for each circuit correct? 3. Are there any blown fuses?
If a fuse is to be replaced, be sure to use a new fuse of the same capacity. Always determine why
the fuse blew first and completely eliminate the problem before installing a new fuse.
Relay Box: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Passenger Compartment)
FUSE INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications
Specifications
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 214
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Body Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Instructions > Page 217

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Body Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Body Control Module: Connector Views
BCM Connector Terminals (Part 1)

BCM Module Input Signal Test (Part 1)

Body Control Module: Electrical Diagrams

Circuit Diagram
Schematic Diagrams (From ETM)

Body Control Module (BCM) System (1)
Body Control Module (BCM) System Connector Pin Outs
Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Connector Views: The Connector Pin Out Views for connectors shown on these diagrams can be
found on the Connector Pin Out images that follow
most sets of system diagrams.
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 240
Body Control Module: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
Body control module (A) receives various input switch signals controlling time and alarm functions
for the intermittent wiper timer, washer timer, rear defogger timer, seat belt reminder, delayed out
room lamp, central door lock, ignition key reminder, power window timer, door warning, tail lamp
auto cut, crash door unlock, auto door lock, 2-turn unlock, ignition key hole illumination control and
keyless entry & burglar alarm.
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial
Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
Body Control Module: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
TROUBLE DIAGNOSTICS WHEN USING DIAGNOSIS TOOL
1. The body control module can diagnose by using the diagnosis tool more quickly.
The BCM communicates with the diagnosis tool and then reads the input/output value and drives
the actuator.
2. To diagnose the BCM function, select the menu of model and body control module.
3. To consult the present input/out value of BCM, "02. INPUT/OUTPUT MONITORING". It provides
information of BCM input/output conditions
of power supply, turn signal/brake lamp, headlamp, door, locks, outside mirror, wiper, auto-light
and transmitters etc.
Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 243
4. To perform compulsory operation on BCM input factors, select "03. ACTUATION TEST"
USER OPTION MODE
The BCM ofters 3 items user option mode for a user convenience (Auto door lock, door key burglar
alarm, door lock state inform horn)
- It is able to set up the enable or disable of AUTO DOOR LOCK function or AUTO DOOR LOCK
operation vehicle speed when using it.
- It is able to set up the enable or disable of enter the burglar alarm mode when using door lock by
the key.
- It is able to set up the enable or disable of horn inform function when using door lock by the key or
RKE.
1. Select option "SONATA(NF)" and press ENTER.
2. Select option "BODY CONTROL MODULE" and press ENTER.

3. Select option "USER OPTION" and press ENTER. 4. Select option "AUTO DOOR LOCK
STATUS by using the direction button(up/down).
5. Select the parameter by using the direction button(left/right) and press ENTER to save it.
(Disable / 5km/h / 10km/h / 15km/h / 20km/h / 25km/h / 30km/h / 35km/h / 40km/h)

6. Select option "ARM/DISARM BY KEY(+RKE)" by using the direction button(up/down). 7. Select
the parameter by using the direction button(left/right) and press ENTER to save it.
(Disable / Enable).
Body Control Module: Component Tests and General Diagnostics

INSPECTION
Verify each components operation using related timing charts.
1. TAIL LAMP AUTO CUT
1. With the tail lamp switched ON, if the ignition is switched OFF and the driver's door opened, the
tail lamp should be automatically turned
OFF.
2. With the ignition switch ON, if the driver's door is opened and the ignition is switched to OFF, the
OFF.
3. When the tail lamp is cut automatically and the tail lamp switch is turned OFF and ON, the tail
lamp illuminates and auto cut function is
cancelled.
4. When the tail lamp is cut automatically and the ignition key is inserted, the tail lamp illuminates
and auto cut function is canceled.
2. IGNITION KEYHOLE ILLUMINATION
1. Ignition keyhole illumination is turned ON when the driver or passenger door is opened. 2. The
"ON" state for ignition keyhole illumination is delayed 10 seconds when the door is closed as in
Step 1). 3. Ignition keyhole illumination is turned off if the ignition switch is turned ON as in Step 1)
& 2).
4. Ignition keyhole illumination is turned off if ARM state is entered. See Steps 1) & 2).
3. DELAYED ROOM LAMP
1. When the first door (driver, or assist or 4doors) is opened, room amp is turned on. 2. When the
door is closed, the room lamp is faded out for 2 seconds after there is on for 30 seconds. 3.
Regardless of ignition ON/OFF in door open state, room lamp output is ON. 4. When remote
control unlock is received, room lamp is turned on for 30 seconds
5. While room lamp is on due to Remote control unlock, if another remote control unlock is
received, then room lamp is again on for 30 sec.
4. CENTRAL DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK
1. Central door lock/unlock

5. CRASH DOOR UNLOCK
1. UNLOCK signal is always output when AIR BAG signal is input under IG SW = ON. 2. UNLOCK
signal is output for the remaining time even when IG SW ON is turned to OFF during UNLOCK
output. 3. UNLOCK signal is not output when IG SW OFF is turned to ON after AIR BAG signal is
input in advance. 4. UNLOCK signal is output for T3 when driver, Assist or rear DOOR LOCK SW
is locked from UNLOCK after UNLOCK signal is output. 5. AUTO DOOR LOCK function is not
performed when CRASH UNLOCK condition is met.
6. CENTRAL DOOR LOCK function is not performed during or after CRASH UNLOCK signal
output.
But, CENTRAL DOOR LOCK function is performed normally if CRASH UNLOCK function is reset
after IG OFF
6. 2-TURN UNLOCK
1. All door unlock signals are output for T2 if driver door key unlock switch is turned ON within T1
after changing driver door key unlock switch
from OFF to ON (mechanically, driver door key unlock switch is unlocked and BCM signal is not
output). (All door unlock signals are output even within T1 after RKE UNLOCK signal is received.)
2. Driver door unlock signal is output for T2 when RKE UNLOCK signal is received. But, all door
unlock signals are output for T2 if RKE
UNLOCK signal is received within T1. (All door unlock signals are output for T2 even when RKE
UNLOCK signal in T1 is received after changing driver door key unlock switch from OFF to ON.
7. AUTO DOOR LOCK(USER OPTION)
1. This does not activate when vehicle speed is less than 5km/h. 2. Lock signal is output if vehicle
speed is 5km/h or more for at least is under ALT" L" ON, IGN SW = ON. But, lock signal is not
output if all
doors are locked or all doors are fail in advance.
3. Lock signal is output 3 times as Max ((2) is ignored) if either one door is unlocked after lock
signal output in (2).(1s cycle) But, door, which is
locked from unlock state during 3-time output, is ignored.
4. Relevant door is fail if the state is unlock after 3-time output. 5. Lock signal is output once if the
fail door is unlocked again after the door is locked.
6. Lock signal is output once if locked doors, which are lock state after lock signal output in (2),are
unlocked again.
But, lock signal is output once for the relevant door even when unlock state continues after lock
signal output.
7. Fail door is cleared at IGN SW = OFF.
8. Auto door lock function is not performed when crash unlock condition is met
8. IGNITION KEY REMINDER
1. This function is not performed when vehicle speed is 3km/h or more. 2. DRIVER UNLOCK signal
is output for is after 0.5s from when the state becomes KEY IN SW = IN & DRIVER DOOR = OPEN
& DRIVER
DOOR LOCK SW = LOCK.
3. ALL DOOR UNLOCK signals are output for is after 0.5s from when the state becomes KEY IN
SW = IN & ASSIST DOOR = OPEN &
ASSIST DOOR LOCK SW = LOCK.
4. UNLOCK signal is output 3times as Max (Is-output is excluded) in case LOCK state is held even
when UNLOCK signal is output for Is in
(2),(3). (Is cycle: 0.5s ON/OFF)
9. KEY OPERATED WARNING
1. If the key is in the key cylinder and the driver door is opened, the buzzer is sounded (period: 0.7
sec., duty rate: 50%).
2. If the ignition key is removed, or the door is closed, the buzzer is switched OFF immediately.
10. WINDSHIELD DEICER & DEFOGGER TIMER
1. Once ALT "L" is ON, if the defogger is switched ON, the defogger will stay ON for 20 minutes
duration.
2. If defogger switch is pressed again (see Step 1), or if ignition is switched OFF the defogger will
shut OFF.
11. POWER WINDOW TIMER
1. When the ignition is switched OFF, power window output remains ON for 30 seconds and then
turns OFF 2. Related to Step 1), if the driver's door or assist door is opened, window power output
is turned OFF immediately.
3. When the driver's door or assist door is opened, the power window relay output is turned OFF
immediately.
12. WIPER RELATED TO WASHER
1. When the ignition switch is turned ON
- If washer switch is turned on, wiper output is ON after 0.3 sec. (T5)
- If washer switch is turned OFF, wiper output is OFF after 3.8 sec. (T6)
2. If the washer switch is turned OFF within 0.6 sec. (T2), the wiper will remain ON for up to 0.7
sec. (T3) from the moment that washer switch
is turned OFF
13. VARIABLE INTERMITTENT WIPER (WINDSHIELD WIPER)
1. With the ignition switch ON, if the intermittent wiper switch is turned on, wiper output is ON
according to the setting.
2. When the intermittent wiper switch is ON, if the ignition switch is turned ON, wiper output is ON.
14. SEAT BELT REMINDER FUNCTION(DRIVER)
1. Warning lamp lights every 0.6sec and buzzer sounds every 1sec for 6 sec when IGN is ON
under unfastened seat belt.
(Warning lamp continues to light for 6 sec if seat belt is fastened within 6 sec) 30 seconds time
count starts at ALT "L" ON under this state.(30 seconds time count starts after 6 sec. if ALT" L" is
ON within initial 6 sec)
2. Buzzer stops and the warning lamp is turned OFF when IGN is turned OFF within 6 seconds
output. 3. Buzzer stops and the warning lamp is turned OFF and 30 seconds time count also stops
when seat belt is fastened after IGN ON. 4. If unfastened seat belt state continues after 60 seconds
time count from ALT" ON, the warning lamp flashes and buzzer sounds 11 times in 30
sec-cycle (6 sec ON/ 24 sec OFF) after 30 sec from ALT "L" ON.
5. Warning lamp & buzzer are turned OFF when IGN is OFF or seat belt is fastened during (4). 6.
Operation in (1) is performed when seat belt is unfastened again under ALT "L" ON and fastened
seat belt. 7. Operation in (4) is performed when ALT "L" is turned ON again after turning OFF under
unfastened seat belt.
15. SEAT BELT REMINDER FUNCTION(ASSIST)
1. Warning lamp lights continuously every 0.6 sec when IGN is turned ON under unfastened seat
belt. 2. Warning lamp is turned OFF when IGN is turned OFF within 0.6sec. 3. When IGN is ON
under unfastened seat belt, the warning lamp lights. The lamp continues to light for remaining time
of 6 sec when seat belt is
fastened within 6 sec. The lamp is OFF if seat belt is fastened after 6 sec.
4. After 6 sec from IGN ON, warning lamp continues to flash when S/BELT is unfastened and stop
immediately when S/BELT is fastened.
16. AUTO LIGHT CONTROL
1. Auto light sensor value is always read at IGN ON. 2. Light is turned ON after 2 sec ± 0.2sec
when auto light sensor value is same as light ON input value. 3. Light is turned OFF after2 sec ±
0.2sec when sensor value is same as light OFF input value. 4. Tail lamp and head lamp are turned
ON when sensor value is same as tail lamp ON input value. 5. Light ON value of sensor is based
on the below table. 6. Head lamp signal is output when head lamp switch is ON. 7. After head lamp
is turned OFF, head lamp signal output is kept if head lamp ON luminance condition is met at auto
light switch ON. 8. After head lamp is turned OFF, head lamp signal output is immediately stopped
if head lamp OFF luminance condition is met at auto light
switch ON.
9. After head lamp is turned OFF, head lamp signal output is immediately stopped at tail switch
signal input. 10. After head lamp is turned OFF, head lamp signal output is stopped after 0.7 sec. if
there is no input of auto light switch or tail switch. (Shall be
no flashing of head lamp)
11. Head lamp signal output is stopped when switch position is changed from AUTO to head lamp
switch during head lamp ON with auto light.
(Shall be no flashing of head lamp)
12. The condition of head lamp ON/OFF is same as the one of tail lamp ON/OFF at auto light
switch ON. Light ON value of the input sensor is
based on the table.

- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 252
Body Control Module: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the floor console.
3. Remove the keyless antenna cable and body control module (A) after loosening 2 nuts. 4.
Installation is the reverse of removal.
- Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations
Electronic Throttle Control Module: Locations
Detail
- Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 256
Overview
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: EN VERACRUZ, CM SANTA FE,
TG AZERA, EP ENTOURAGE, NF SONATA, BH GENESIS
Subject DTC P2135/P0638 OR COLD ENGINE RPM FLUCTUATION - TPS REPLACEMENT&

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
This bulletin revises TSB 09-FL-003-2 to add the Genesis Sedan (BH) model to the applicability
list. It also provides instructions to select the most recent available ECM Update Events #166-178
or any higher event numbers if they become available in the future.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
Some 2.7L, 3.3L or 3.8L engines in models identified in the applicability list may experience one or
more of the following conditions:
^ DTC P2135: Throttle position sensors 112 voltage correlation
^ DTC P0638: Throttle actuator control range/performance
^ RPM fluctuation while engine is cold (DTC not set)
NOTE:
Should either of the above DTC occur, the vehicle would have operated in limited power "limp
home" mode and stored the following DTC in the ECM:
^ DTC P1295: ETC System Malfunction - Power Management
^ DTC P2106: ETC System Malfunction - Forced Limited Power
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 EN Veracruz
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
^ 2007-2008 EP Entourage
^ 2006-2009 NF Sonata with 3.3L Engine only
^ 2009-2010 BH Genesis Sedan
REPAIR ACTION:
^ Replace the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)
^ Perform the ECM software update.

NOTE:
Always perform a GDS ECM Update by Automatic Mode first as it performs error checking to
ensure the correct data is flashed into the vehicle. Always select the latest available ECM Update
event data at time of your update.
NOTE:
Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 265
Do not use ECM Update Manual Mode unless you experience a failure during the reflash process.
It is essential under manual mode that the correct ECM is selected for the vehicle. If an incorrect
ECM is selected, the car may not run. Most vehicles do not have an immobilizer so one of the NON
IMMO ECMs should be selected for these vehicles.
PARTS REQUIRED:
Order the TPS part kit according to the applicable engine:
ECM ROM ID INFORMATION:
NOTE:
This TSB applies if your incident vehicle ROM ID is found in the PREVIOUS column of the below
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
The ROM ID in the NEW column was the latest available ROM ID at the date of this TSB
publication however, you may select a later event number if one is shown in the ECM update list
even if it describes another issue. This would generate a more recent ROM ID than shown below
but it also includes the update from this TSB.
NOTE:
K-Line and CAN are different scantool communication protocols. CAN is faster for an ECM update
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
TPS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE:
The below procedure is performed on an AZERA (IG) 3.3L vehicle, but there is no need to remove
ETC assembly for TPS replacement on all affected vehicle models.
1. Remove the engine cover, the air intake hose and the air cleaner upper cover.
2. Disconnect the IPS connector.
3. Remove the 3 IPS mounting bolts (1-20).
4. Replace the IPS, 0-ring and 3 bolts with the new ones.
NOTE:
Only 3 of the 4 available mounting holes are used.
CAUTION:
^ Apply clean engine oil around a new 0-ring before installing a new TPS.
^ Align the TPS terminals (below picture) with the mating motor terminals before installing a new
TPS.
ECM UPDATE PROCEDURE
GDS SYSTEM AND ECM UPDATE PRECAUTIONS:
CAUTION:
Please verify the following items before performing the ECM update:
^ Make sure the vehicle's battery has reasonable charge. If the vehicle has been in storage, run the
engine to ensure an adequate battery charge state for reliable update results. The ECM Update
procedure contains a check to verify that battery voltage is above 12 volts to allow the procedure to
occur.
^ The USB cable must be used for ECM Update between the GDS and VCI. The procedure will not
work in VCI wireless mode.
^ Make sure the GDS laptop battery indicator in the lower right tray icons has 50% or more charge
(half bar on the battery symbol). Charge the laptop battery with the AC adaptor cable if the charge
is less than 50%.
^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, NC, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.) to prevent battery discharge during the
update.
^ Perform update with the ignition switch in the ON position.
^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during the update.
^ Do not start the engine during update.
^ Do not turn off the ignition switch during update.
INTERNET UPDATE OF GDS SOFTWARE VERSION:
NOTE:
This GDS update may be necessary to ensure your GDS has the latest possible ECM Updates.
1. Close the GDS program and restart it with internet connected to the GDS.
2. Wait for the following GDS Update Program to launch within approximately a minute. It will
inform you if there is an update as shown below.
3. If update is available press OK and follow instructions to update the GDS software version
followed by the VCI firmware level if it also exists.
NOTE:
You must have VCI connected to GDS by USB cable to update the VCI.
4. Perform Download followed by Update Start and then Exit when completed..
GDS AUTO MODE ECM UPDATE PROCEDURE:
1. Turn the vehicle's ignition key to the ON position.
2. Select ECU Upgrade on the initial GDS home page screen. If you are not at the home page
double click at GDS at top left of the screen to go back to
home page.
3. GDS will automatically determine the vehicle information based on the VIN it reads from the
vehicle's ECM, then select Engine Control as system
and OK.
4. Select Auto Mode then ENGINE then OK so the ROM ID will be read:
5. After reading the ROM ID if there is an available update it will display a screen with the available
updates for the vehicle. Select the latest available
(highest number) update event even if it describes another issue. After clicking the Upgrade button
then click OK.
NOTE:
*Event # 166~178 as shown in the table above were latest events at time this TSB was issued.
However be sure to select the highest number event available in the list even if it describes another
issue. It will ensure the vehicle receives latest possible available ECM data including the fix for this
TSB.
6. This screen is example only. Your screen will show the current ROM ID and latest ROM ID for
update based on the event that you select. Choose
the latest available (highest number) event as explained in the prior note.
NOTE:
An error message may appear instead of the above if the ECM Update
had already been completed or is not available for your vehicle.
7. After selecting the Upgrade button the vehicle battery voltage is checked to make sure it is at
least 12 volts required to ensure reliable update results.
Select OK if the results indicate voltage is above 12 volts.
CAUTION:
If voltage is below 12 volts, then select Cancel and run the engine at idle for at least 10 minutes to
ensure an adequate battery charge state for reliable
update results.
8. Updating will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph, then the confirmation screen will be
displayed. Turn the ignition key OFF for 10
seconds, place it back in the ON position and then select OK.
9. Select OK on the final screen, which indicates update is complete.
10. For EN Veracruz after update is completed, perform the VIN writing procedure or immobilizer
key teaching procedure on the affected vehicles
where it is referenced in the "ECM ROM ID INFORMATION "table earlier in this TSB.
11. Check for and erase DIG found in each system of ENGINE, A/T, ABS/ECS, and EPS as a
result of temporary loss of CAN communication during
the ECM Update.
12. Start the engine to confirm proper operation of the vehicle.
GDS MANUAL MODE ECM UPDATE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Manual Mode ECM Update is intended to be used only if Auto Mode ECM Update had failed after
the progress bar began during the update.
IMPORTANT:
You must reset the ECM by disconnecting the ECM connectors for 10 minutes and then
reconnecting them before trying the Manual Mode ECM Update.
2. Within the ECU Upgrade screen, select ENGINE, Manual Mode, and then select the appropriate
event number from the table provided in Auto
mode.
3. Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to the ROM ID Information Table
and then perform Upgrade.
NOTE:
This screen is example only. Be careful to select the correct ECM part number using ROM ID table
to help. If in doubt remove ECM to read the part number. It is critical in manual mode to select the
correct system and password.
4. Enter the Event password from the table below and then select OK.
5. If voltage is below 12 volts, then select Cancel and run the engine at idle for at least
10 minutes to ensure an adequate battery charge state for reliable update results.
8. Check if any incidental Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) have been created by the update and
clear the DTC (5) present.

WARRANTY INFORMATION:
Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Technical Service Bulletin # 10-FL-002 Date: 100121
Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
Model 2007-2009 SANTA FE 3.3L 2006-2010 SONATA 3.3L
Subject ECM UPDATE - MIL ON DTC P161B - HARD START/ROUGH IDLE COLD
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides information related to the ECM Update (software) of the applicable listed
vehicles below some of which may experience a malfunction indicator lamp illuminated with the
following system-related DTC:
^ P161B: (ECM Torque Calculation Performance). Vehicle may exhibit hard start and rough idle at
cold start. This is a cold start issue related to
compatibility with some regional fuel contents.
NOTE:
DTC P1295, P2105 and/or P2106 may also set together with P161B after vehicle was running in
limited power limp home mode.
This update will also resolve the following system related DTC issues that may occur to some
vehicles, but not result in drivability issues:
^ P0111: Intake Air Temperature sensor 1 Circuit Range / Performance.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: ^ 2007-2009MY SANTA FE (CM) 3.3L vehicles. ^ 2006-2010MY

SONATA (NF) 3.3L vehicles.
NOTE:
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the version of the vehicle's engine control unit
ROM ID with reference to the ROM ID Information Table shown below before attempting to update
the control unit software.
ROM ID INFORMATION TABLE:
Refer to below tables for Santa Fe and Sonata as to applicable ROM-ID's for this TSB.
Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle > Page 284
WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION
Service Procedure
CAUTION:
Please ensure the following items for the ECM update:

^ Make sure the vehicle's battery has reasonable charge. If the vehicle has been in storage for
days, run the engine to ensure an adequate battery charge
state for reliable update results. The ECM Update procedure contains a check to ensure that
battery voltage is above 12 volts to allow the procedure to occur.
remaining. Charge the laptop battery with the AC
adaptor cable if lower.
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)
to prevent battery discharge during the update.
AUTOMATIC UPDATE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS:

1. Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.
2. Enter the vehicle information by pressing the VIN Auto Detect button, entering the vehicle's VIN
or selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and ENGINE as the system and then
click OK.
3. Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information.
4. Select Auto Mode then ENGINE in the left ECU Upgrade column.
5. Read Preparation and click OK.
6. The GDS will read the vehicle's ROM ID.
7. After the Current ROM ID is displayed, select the Upgrade Event that appears in the pulldown
list it will be either of these as listed below:
NOTE:
Choose a later Event # if it appears in the Auto Mode pull-down list as it will contain fixes for other
more recent issues as well as for the issues identified by this TSB.
8. After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information then click OK.
9. The vehicle battery voltage is checked to make sure it is at least 12 volts to ensure reliable
update results. Click OK if the results indicate Voltage is OK.
NOTE:
If voltage is below 12 volts, click Cancel and then run the engine for 10 minutes or longer to ensure
an adequate battery charge state for reliable update results.
10. Update will begin and the progress of the update will appear on the bar graph.
11. Updating will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph. Turn the ignition key OFF for 10
seconds, place it back in the ON position and then click OK to continue according to Information
displayed on the screen.
12. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates update is complete.

clear the DTC (s) present.
MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS:
CAUTION:
^ Manual update should be performed only when automatic update fails after the ECM update had
begun showing the progress bar.
^ Pull out the ECM fuse from the engine compartment junction box or disconnect the battery
negative cable for at least one minute to reset the control
unit before performing manual upgrade. Turn the ignition key back to the ON position.
^ If neither of the above works disconnect the connectors from the ECM for 10 minutes and try
again.
1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen, select Manual Mode in the left column, then select the
appropriate upgrade event# from the below table. Select the appropriate control unit part number
with reference to the ROM ID Information Table and click OK.
CAUTION:
Be sure to select NON IMMO part number for the correct vehicle as Santa Fe and Sonata vehicles
in USA do not have immobilizer.
2. Enter the appropriate password from the tables below and click OK.
NOTE:
If voltage is below 12 volts, click Cancel and then run the engine to ensure an adequate battery
charge state for reliable update results.
7. Check if any incidental Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) have been created by the upgrade and
CAUTION:
There are 2 ROM-ID of the 2008MY Sonata ROM-ID table that require VIN write after the reflash.
DTC P0630 may set for a No VIN error. Perform the VIN write and clear the DTC after.

Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Engine Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's
Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
Model SEE APPLICABLE VEHICLES
Subject ATA SOLENOID DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES P0740, P0741, P0742, P0743, P0746,
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
This TSB supersedes TSB# 05-40-006 to change the test procedure (Step 5) and add additional
models.
DESCRIPTION:
Incorrect operation of the transaxle solenoids may result in the following symptoms:
^ Check Engine Light illuminated
^ Transaxle held in 3rd gear Fail-Safe
^ Diagnostic Trouble Codes P0740, P0741, P0742, P0743, P0746, P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760,
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
Do NOT replace the transaxle for solenoid codes listed as open/short. Instead, follow the repair
procedure shown below.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES:
NOTE:
Refer to TSB 09-AT-011 for 2007~10 (HD) Elantra Sedan and (FD)
Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 294
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Using a GDS, check for DTC in both the "Engine" and "Automatic Transaxle" menus. Record the
DTC and description.
2. From the GDS, select:
^ Vehicle
^ "Auto Transaxle" menu
^ "Actuation Test"
^ Press the "Start" button and listen for a solenoid sound and "Success" indication.
^ If the test result is:
^ Fail: go to Step 3
^ Success: the wiring between the PCM/TCM currently has no open or short circuits. Go to Step 4.
NOTE:
This test confirms the wiring harness currently does not have an open or short circuit. It does not
confirm the proper functioning of the solenoids under all conditions of heat and vibration or a
solenoid with an intermittent open/short condition.
3. If Step 2 shows an inoperative solenoid, visually check the wiring harness between the TCM and
transaxle for a damaged wire or a short circuit to ground. Disconnect the connectors to the
solenoids at the transaxle and the PCM/TCM and check for a bent pin or a pin not fully inserted into
the connector. If so, repair or replace the ECM control harness, P/N 914xx-xxxxx.
4. Check the harness inside the transaxle oil pan for a short circuit to ground. Replace the harness
if damage is found or if three or more solenoid DTC are found in Step 1. (Refer to TSB#04-40-015
for replacement instructions).
5. Refer to the DTC recorded in Step 1 and follow the repair procedure shown below:
6. Remove the battery.
7. Drain the radiator. Remove the lower radiator hose from the radiator.
8. Drain the ATF.
9. Remove the valve body cover from the transaxle.
10. Refer to the DTC recorded in Step 1 and replace the related solenoid according to the diagram
shown. Tighten the bolts to 4-5 lb.ft (50-70 kg.cm). Go to step 11.
11. Apply Permatex Ultra Gray Sealer or Hyundai Ultra Gray Gasket Sealer, P/N 00231-13800 to
the valve body cover and reinstall the cover. Tighten the bolts to 6-7 lb.ft (80-100 kg.cm).
12. Reinstall the radiator hoses and add ethylene glycol coolant to the radiator and overflow bottle.
Adjust the level according to the appropriate shop manual, "EM" section.
13. Add approximately five quarts of Hyundai SPIII ATF and check the level with the engine idling
in Neutral. Refer to TSB 06-40-016 and adjust the ATF level when the ATF is at normal operating
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
14. Clear the codes and test drive the vehicle for two driving cycles (two key-on to key-off driving
cycles, including 1-2-3-4 upshifts and 4-3-2-1 downshifts). If the DTC returns, perform the repairs
shown above.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set
Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
Model SONATA 3.3L SANTA FE 3.3L AZERA 3.8L
Subject ECM UPDATE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0441
DESCRIPTION:
Some 2006-2007 Sonata (NF) 3.3L / Azera (TG) 3.8L, and 2007 Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L vehicles may
experience malfunction indicator lamp illumination for DTC P0441 (Evaporative Emission System -
Incorrect Purge Flow).
NOTE:
There are no vehicle performance issues associated with this condition.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: ^ 2006-2007 Sonata (NF) 3.3L ^ 2006-2007 Azera (TG) 3.8L ^ 2007
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
ROM ID with reference to the ROM ID Information Table mentioned below before attempting to
update the control unit software.
Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set > Page 302
ROM ID INFORMATION TABLES

NOTE:
Perform the ECM update when DTC P0441 occurs. If the condition exists after the ECM update,
perform EVAP system diagnostics related to DTC P0441 prior to replacing the Purge Control
Solenoid Valve (PCSV).
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:
^ Please ensure the following items during the control unit update.
state for reliable update results.
^ Turn off all lamps (Do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including

GDS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the power supply cable to the diagnostic terminal.
NOTE:
If attempting to perform the update with the power supply cable disconnected from the diagnostic
terminal, make certain that the diagnostic terminal is charged enough for the update. If not, the
update may fail in progress. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to connect the power supply
cable to the diagnostic terminal during the update procedure.
2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the diagnostic terminal.
NOTE:
When performing the update using the GDS, wireless communication between the VCI and the
diagnostic terminal is NOT available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the
VCI and the diagnostic terminal.
3. Connect the 16-pin DLC cable from the VCI into the vehicle's 16-pin connector under the driver
side instrument panel.
4. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position.
NOTE:
Do not start the engine.

click OK.
7. After the Current ROM ID is displayed, select appropriate upgrade event.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
^ Manual update should be performed only when automatic update fails.
negative cable to reset the control unit before performing
manual update.
1. Turn the ignition key back to the ON position.
2. Within the ECU Upgrade screen, select Manual Mode in the left column, then select appropriate
upgrade event. Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to the ROM ID
Information Table and click OK.
3. Enter the appropriate password from the table above and then click OK.
NOTE:

Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Engine Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Group: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008
Model: 1999~ SONATA, 2001~06 ELANTRA, 2001~ SANTA FE & XG, 2003~ TIBURON, 2005~
TUCSON, 2006~ AZERA, 2007~ ENTOURAGE
SUBJECT: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HARSH AND/OR DELAYED UPSHIFT OR DOWNSHIFT -

GDS ANALYSIS
This TSB supersedes TSB 07-40-010 to correct the labor time for OP Code 95440RP0 and
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
If you are diagnosing an automatic transaxle with a harsh and/or delayed upshift or downshift,
follow the Diagnostic Procedure shown below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE:
1. Check the ATF level when the engine is idling in "N" according to TSB 06-40-016. Adjust the
ATF level as needed.
2. Reset and relearn the adaptive values according to TSB 06-40-005.
3. Compare to a similar model and year vehicle. If the shift delay is longer than the comparison
vehicle, continue with the diagnosis.
4. Attach the GDS and check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes in both the "Engine" and "Automatic
Transaxle" menu. If DTC's are found, repair according to the appropriate TSB or shop manual.
NOTE:
Ask an assistant to drive the vehicle as you monitor the GDS.
Attach the GDS and select the following:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"
^ "Low-Reverse solenoid duty"
^ "Underdrive solenoid duty"
^ "OD solenoid duty"
^ "2nd solenoid duty"

^ "Reduction solenoid duty" (if 5-speed transaxle)
Accelerate the vehicle and shift from 1-2-3-4-(5 if equipped).
^ Select "Record" (on top right of screen)
^ Select "PC Record" (on left of screen) and save the file.
UPSHIFT COMMANDS FROM PCM OR TCM:

Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 310
Open the GDS program and select: ^
VIN and "A/T"
"Flight Record" and "Data Review"
"Items List" (top right of screen) and select: "Vehicle speed" and "Shift position".
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
Confirm the PCM or TCM commanded each gear: 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (if equipped): ^
If so, go to pages 3~6 and evaluate the upshift diagnosis for the related shift.
If not, exchange a PCM or TCM from a properly operating vehicle and test again to determine if the
PCM or TCM commanded each gear:
^ If the condition is improved, replace the PCM or TCM
^ If the condition is not improved, go to page 3~6 and evaluate the upshift performance.
1-2 UPSHIFT DIAGNOSIS:
Open the GDS program and select: VIN and "A/T", "Flight Record" and "Data Review" ^
Select "Items List" (top right of screen) and select: "2nd Solenoid Duty", "Underdrive Solenoid Duty"
and "Shift Position".
^ Click the "+" or "-" buttons to choose 0.7 sec./Div or less.
Move the cursor to the start of the shift and "Left click".
Move the cursor to the end of the shift and "Right click".
Read the 2nd solenoid elapsed time at the top right of the screen. If the 1-2 shift requires more
than 2.0 seconds, exchange a PCM or TCM from a properly operating vehicle and follow TSB
06-40-005, "Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values":
^ If the condition is not improved, replace the transaxle.
NOTE:
The 2nd solenoid elapsed time is important; the shape of the graph is not.

Open the GDS program and select: VIN and "A/T", "Flight Record" and "Data Review"
^ Select "Items List" (top right of screen) and select: "Underdrive Solenoid Duty", "Overdrive
Solenoid Duty" and "Shift Position".
Select the "+" or "-" button to choose 0.7 sec./Div or less.
Read the OD solenoid elapsed time at the top right of the screen. If the 2-3 shift requires more than
2.0 seconds, exchange a PCM or TCM from a properly operating vehicle and follow TSB
06-40-005, "Reset and Relearn Adaptive values":
NOTE:
The OD solenoid elapsed time is important; the shape of the graph is not.
^ Select "Items List" (top right of screen) and select: "2nd Solenoid Duty", "Overdrive Solenoid
Duty" and "Shift Position".

NOTE:
The 2nd solenoid elapsed time is important; the shape is not.

Select "Items List" (top right of screen) and select: "Reduction Solenoid Duty", Low-Reverse
Solenoid Duty and "Shift Position".
^
Read the LR solenoid elapsed time at the top right of the screen. If the 4-5 shift requires more than
NOTE:
The LR solenoid elapsed time is important; the shape of the graph is not.
NOTE:
Warranty Claim requires input of DTC codes on all claims using Hi-Scan or GDS operations. If no
DTC code is identified by the Hi-scan or GDS, enter P0000 as a Scan Tool Test Code on the
Warranty Claim and attach printout from the Hi-scan or GDS to the Repair Order.
NOTE:
Printouts must be attached to all Repair Orders. Repair Orders without attached printouts are
subject to chargeback.
Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Engine Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1
Date: SEPTEMBER 2007
Models: 1999 - SONATA 2001-06 - ELANTRA 2001 - SANTA FE & XG 2003 - TIBURON 2005 -
TUCSON 2006 - AZERA 2007 - ENTOURAGE
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HARSH AND/OR DELAYED ENGAGEMENT INTO DRIVE

OR REVERSE
This bulletin supersedes TSB 07-40-009 to correct OP Time.
DESCRIPTION:
If you are diagnosing an automatic transaxle with a harsh and/or delayed shift into Drive or
Reverse, follow the Diagnostic Procedure shown below:
2. Perform the adaptive learning by shifting from Neutral to Reverse and Drive, stopping in each
gear for 5 seconds. Repeat 10 times.
vehicle, continue the diagnosis.
4. Check that idle speed is within specification. If not, inspect according to the appropriate shop
manual, "Fuel System Section".
5. Check the engine and transaxle mounting brackets and roll support brackets. If necessary,
replace the mounts.
6. Attach the GDS and check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes in both the "ENGINE" and
"AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE" menus. If DTC are found, repair according to the appropriate TSB or
shop manual.
7. Attach the GDS and select "AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE" menu, "CURRENT DATA" menu and
"FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR". Confirm the oil temperature sensor operates correctly as
shown. If not, inspect the oil temperature sensor according to TSB 04-40-016 or appropriate shop
manual.
8. Select "CURRENT DATA" and "TPS". Open and close the throttle and confirm the TPS
increases and decreases smoothly between approximately 0 - 100% duty.
Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 318
9. Attach the GDS and select VIN and "A/T" "Current Data" and then select "Shift Position", "LR
Solenoid Duty" and "Underdrive Solenoid Duty" as shown.
10. Start the engine and move the shift lever between Neutral, Drive and Reverse, stopping 3-5
seconds in each gear.
11. Select "Record shown" at the top right of the screen. GDS will record up to 10 minutes data
prior to selecting "Record".
12. Select "PC Record" (top left of screen), then save file.
MEASURE PARK TO REVERSE ENGAGEMENT TIME:
13. Select "Flight Record" and "Data Review", select the vehicle and open the file.
14. Select "Items List" (top right of screen), then select "Shift Position", "LR Solenoid Duty" and
"Underdrive Solenoid Duty".
15. Click the "+" button to change to "0.7 sec./Div" or "smaller".
16. Move the cursor to the start of the shift and "Left click".
17. Move the cursor to the end of the shift and "Right Click".
18. Read the Low & Reverse solenoid engagement time on the top right of the screen. If the P-R
shift requires more than 2.2 seconds, exchange a PCM or TCM from a properly operating vehicle
and follow TSB 06-40-005, "Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values":
NOTE:
MEASURE PARK TO DRIVE ENGAGEMENT TIME:

20. Select "Items List" (top right of screen), then select "Shift Position LR Solenoid Duty" and
24. Read the UD engagement time on the top right of the screen. If the P-D shift requires more
NOTE:
The UD solenoid elapsed time is important; the shape of the graph is not.
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value
Rest/Relearn Procedure
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value
Group:AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE - RESET AND RELEARN ADAPTIVE

VALUES
This bulletin supersedes TSB 10-AT-Oil to include 2011~ Elantra, 2012~ Accent and Genesis
Sedan.
After replacing a transaxle or reprogramming the PCM/TCM, follow this procedure to reset and
relearn the adaptive learning to improve shift quality.
DESCRIPTION:
The PCM or TCM contains logic to adjust solenoid duty and line pressure as needed to
compensate for normal clutch wear over the life of the transaxle. This bulletin provides the
procedures necessary to reset (erase) and "relearn the PCM/TCM adaptive values.
After the following repairs have been completed, the PCM/TCM adaptive values must be reset in
order to provide optimum shift quality:
^ Replace automatic transaxle
^ Reprogram or exchange a PCM/TCM from another vehicle
I. RESET PCM/TCM ADAPTIVE VALUES WITH GDS:
1. Attach a GDS and select VIN and A/T menu.

Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 326
2. From the main screen, select "Option Treatment"
3. Select "Resetting Auto T/A values" and follow the screen prompts. Turn the ignition key off for 10
seconds.
NOTE:
GDS must be used to reset the adaptive learning for the following vehicles.
II. RELEARN ADAPTIVE VALUES:
NOTE:
After the adaptive values have been reset (erased), an "adaptive learning" procedure must be
completed as shown below.
4. Attach a GDS and select VIN and A/T

5. Select Current Data and "Throttle Position".
6. Drive the vehicle until the ATF temperature is within the range shown.
7. Request an assistant to monitor the GDS. Accelerate from a stop at the specified TPS
specification while the transmission shifts through gears
1-2-3-4-5-6 and decelerate slowly to a stop. Stop for 5 seconds. Repeat 5 times.
NOTE:
Hold the accelerator pedal steady during the upshifts.
CAUTION:
Do not exceed legal speed limits.
If additional adaptation is needed, perform the following additional procedures:
8. Perform several sequential downshifts (5-4, 4-3, 3-2 and 2-1) at small to moderate throttle
openings.
9. Perform several skip shifts (6-4, 5-3, 5-2, 3-1, etc.) at moderate to large throttle openings.
10. With the vehicle stopped, move the shift lever from P to N to D and back, stopping 3~5 seconds
in each gear. Repeat 5 times.
NOTE:
Adaptive learning occurs only within the ATF temperature ranges shown.
Normal warranty applies

Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM
Adaptive Values
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE -
RESET AND RELEARN ADAPTIVE VALUES
This bulletin supersedes TSB 09-AT-002-1 to include Equus and Sonata HEV
CAUTION:
After replacing a transaxle or reprogramming the PCM/TCM, to improve the shift quality condition,
follow this procedure to reset and relearn the adaptive learning.
DESCRIPTION:
procedures necessary to reset (erase) and "relearn" the PCM/TCM adaptive values.

Adaptive Values > Page 334
3. Select "Resetting Auto TIA values" and follow the screen prompts.
Turn the ignition key off for 10 seconds.

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

7. Request an assistant to monitor the GDS. Accelerate from a stop at the specified IPS
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Adaptive learning occurs only within the ATF temperature ranges shown:
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 342
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 343
P2135/P0638 > Page 344
P2135/P0638 > Page 345
P2135/P0638 > Page 346
P2135/P0638 > Page 347
P2135/P0638 > Page 348
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 349
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 350
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 351
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 352
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 353
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 354
P2135/P0638 > Page 355

P2135/P0638 > Page 356
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple
DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
DTCs/Rough Idle > Page 361
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple
Solenoid DTC's Set
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple
Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 371
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441
Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
Set > Page 379

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

Set > Page 380
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

Set > Page 381
click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
Set > Page 382
NOTE:

Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift >
Page 387
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

Page 388
NOTE:

NOTE:

Page 389
^
NOTE:
NOTE:
Page 390
NOTE:
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive
Engagement
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive
Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Engagement > Page 395
NOTE:
NOTE:
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM
Reset/Relearn Procedure
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE - RESET AND RELEARN ADAPTIVE VALUES
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
compensate for normal clutch wear over the life of the transaxle. This article provides the
procedures necessary to reset (erase) and "relearn" the adaptive values in the PCM/TCM. After the
following repairs have been completed, the PCM/TCM adaptive values must be reset in order to
provide optimum shift quality:
^ Reprogram or swap PCM/TCM from another vehicle
Adaptive values must be reset using procedure # 1 or # 2 according to model and model year (MY)
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All
I. RESET PCM/TCM ADAPTIVE VALUES

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
1. Turn the Ignition key to the "ON" position (do not start engine) and move the shift lever to "P."
2. Attach the Hi-Scan Pro to the data link connector (DLC):
^ Select vehicle
^ Select "AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE" menu.
^ Select "RESETTING ADAPTIVE VALUES,
press "ENTER"
^ Press "ENTFR", then "REST" (F1)
^ Turn Ignition key "OFF" for 10 seconds.

Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 402
NOTE:
3. Attach a Hi-Scan Pro or GDS and select "Engine" menu, "Current Data" menu and throttle
position sensor in volts ("THROTTLE POS. SENSOR",
"ACCEL. P0S. S", or "ACCEL PEDAL 1 VOLT", depending on model).
4. Drive the vehicle until the ATF temperature is within the temperature range shown.
5. Request an assistant to monitor the Hi-Scan while accelerating the vehicle at small throttle
openings (approximately 25-30% throttle). Hold the
accelerator pedal steady at a throttle position sensor value of 1.45~1.75v during several 1-2-3-4
upshifts.
Repeat until normal gear transitions occur.
6. Repeat this procedure for 4-3, 3-2 and 2-1 downshifts.

NOTE:
Adaptive learning does not occur below the ATF temperature range shown.
Applicable warranty coverage applies.

Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU
Reprogramming Procedure
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - ECU Reprogramming
Procedure
Reprogramming
This issue of TechNet Times focuses on reprogramming. In the current Hyundai service
environment, reprogramming can be accomplished with the Hi-Scan Pro or Hyundai's new Global
Diagnostic System (GDS). We begin here with an overview of the process of reprogramming the
ECU as performed using the GDS on a 2006 Azera that experiences a 1-2 shift hesitation under
wide open throttle operation when cold. As with most GDS features, you must select the model,
year and system in order to get started. You can manually enter the information by selecting
drop-down box options or, if the vehicle is a 2005 or newer model, you can enter the VIN and the
GDS will determine that information for you. Once the vehicle has been identified, select "ECU
Upgrade" located under the "Vehicle SW Management" tab. (See Figure 1.) Note: The Vehicle
Communication Interface (VCI) connects to the vehicle via the Data Link Connector (DLC); and the
VCI must be connected to the GDS PC using the USB connection. (Some other GDS functions
allow for wireless communication between the VCI and GDS PC.)
Reprogramming Procedure > Page 408
The FCU Upgrade screen will appear. Select "Auto Mode." (See Figure 2.) The GDS will prompt
you to make sure that you have connected the VCI to the DLC and turned on the VCI power. (See
Figure 3.) After making sure, click "OK."
A window will appear to alert you that the GDS is "ROM ID Reading." During this time, the GDS will
check for available reprograms for the vehicle's FCU. If any reprograms are found, the ROM ID will
be listed in the "Current ROM ID" window. The "Current ROM ID" window shows the existing status
of programming in the FCU. Note: If the ROM IDs match, the ECU already has the latest
reprogramming or your GDS unit needs to have the latest updates installed. Refer to the chart on
page 5. The TCM ID column lists the latest ID for each condition. Go to the right edge of the
"Upgrade Event" window and click on the down arrow. Available upgrade events will be displayed
in a drop down box. When you select one, the "Upgrade" button will appear in the center of your
screen. (See Figure 4.)
After you have selected the event, click "Upgrade," you will be asked to confirm that you want to
upgrade. Then, you will be prompted to wait while everything is verified. If there is a corresponding
TSB for the upgrade, another pop-up will give you the option to recall it and familiarize yourself with
it.
Once programming begins, the screen will display a status bar which monitors the reprogramming
process. (See Figure 5)
When the reprogramming has finished and the status bar reads "100%," another pop-up will direct
you to turn the ignition off for 10 seconds and turn it back on. When you click "OK" a second
pop-up will prompt you to reset the automatic transaxle adaptive learning values. Note: Do not do
any other activity with your GDS until the reprogramming is completed. (See Figure 6.) To reset the
Automatic Transaxle Adaptive Learning Values, click the "System" button toward the top of the
screen. The "GDS System Search" screen will appear and from it select "A/T." Then, choose the
"Resetting A/T Values" option. When the "Resetting A/T Values" screen (See Figure 7) appears,
click on "reset." A confirming pop-up will ask, "Are you sure?" Click "OK" and the values will be
reset and reprogramming will be complete.
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM
Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn
Adaptive Values
Automatic Transaxle Control Module - Reset And Relearn Adaptive Values
compensate for normal clutch wear over the life of the transaxle. Here are the procedures
necessary to reset (erase) and "relearn" the adaptive values in the PCM/TCM. Afier the following
repairs have been completed, the PCM/TCM adaptive values must be reset in order to provide
optimum shift quality:

^ Reprogram or swap PCM/TCM from another vehicle Adaptive values must be reset using
procedure # 1 or # 2 according to model and model year (MY) as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
1. Turn the Ignition key to the "ON" position (do not start engine) and move the shift lever to "P".
^ Select vehicle
^ Select "RESETTING ADAPTIVE VALUES", press "ENTER"
^ Press "ENTER", then "REST" (F1)

Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 415
NOTE:
"ACCEL. P0S. S," or "ACCEL PEDAL 1 VOLT", depending on model).
upshifts.

NOTE:
Adaptive learning does not occur below the ATF temperature range shown in next column:
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn
Adaptive Values
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE - RESET AND RE LEARN ADAPTIVE

VALUES
This bulletin supersedes TSB 05-40-004 to include additional models.
DESCRIPTION:
procedures necessary to reset (erase) and "relearn" the adaptive values in the PCM/TCM.

as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
position sensor in volts ("THROTTLE POS. SENSOR" "ACCEL. POS. S". or "ACCEL PEDAL 1
VOLT", depending on model).
5. Request an assistant to monitor the Hi- Scan while accelerating the vehicle at small throttle
openings (approximately 25-30% throttle). Hold the accelerator pedal steady at a throttle position
sensor value of 1.45-1.75v during several 1-2-3-4 upshifts. Repeat until normal gear transitions
occur.
NOTE:
Adaptive learning does not occur below the ATF temperature range previously shown.
Applicable warranty coverage applies

Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Procedure > Page 428
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive
Values
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Values > Page 436

Values > Page 437
NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

Values > Page 438
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
Values > Page 439
NOTE:
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU Reprogramming
Procedure
Procedure
Reprogramming
it.
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn
Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive
Values
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Values > Page 463
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Values > Page 464
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
465
Engine Control Module: Locations
Detail
466
Overview
467
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
and Instructions > Page 470

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Engine Control Module: Connector Views
PCM Harness Connector

PCM Terminal Function - Connector (C144-1) Part 1
PCM Terminal Function - Connector (C144-1)


PCM Terminal Input/Output Signal - Connector (C144-1) Part 1


PCM Terminal Input/Output Signal - Connector (C144-1)



- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection >
Component Tests and General Diagnostics
Engine Control Module: Component Tests and General Diagnostics
PCM PROBLEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. TEST PCM GROUND CIRCUIT: Measure resistance between PCM and chassis ground using
the backside of PCM harness connector as PCM
side check point. If the problem is found, repair it.
Specification (Resistance): 1 Ohm or less
2. TEST PCM CONNECTOR: Disconnect the PCM connector and visually check the ground
terminals on PCM side and harness side for bent pins
or poor contact pressure. If the problem is found, repair it.
3. If problem is not found in Step 1 and 2, the PCM could be faulty. If so, replace the PCM with a
new one, and then check the vehicle again. If the
vehicle operates normally then the problem was likely with the PCM.
4. RE-TEST THE ORIGINAL PCM : Install the original PCM (may be broken) into a known-good
vehicle and check the vehicle. If the problem
occurs again, replace the original PCM with a new one. If problem does not occur, this is
intermittent problem (Refer to INTERMITTENT PROBLEM PROCEDURE in BASIC INSPECTION
PROCEDURE). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and
Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Electronic Component Inspection
Procedures
Component Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 502
Engine Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters








- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 517
Engine Control Module: Service and Repair
VIN PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) is a number that has the vehicle's information (Maker, Vehicle
Type, Vehicle Line/Series, Body Type, Engine Type, Transmission Type, Model Year, Plant
Location and so forth). When replacing an PCM, the VIN must be programmed in the PCM. If there
is no VIN in PCM memory, the fault code (DTC P0630) is set.
CAUTION: The programmed VIN cannot be changed. When writing the VIN, confirm the VIN
carefully.
1. Select "Vehicle" and "Engine" (For example, TUCSON 2.0L L4).
2. Select "VIN WRITING".

3. Check the PCM status.
NOTE: -
VIRGIN: VIN is not programmed
- LEARNT: VIN has been already programmed
Is the PCM status "VIRGIN"?
YES: Go to next step 4.
NO: END
4. Write the VIN with cursor, function and number keys.
WARNING: Before pressing the "ENTER" key, confirm the VIN again because the programmed
VIN cannot be changed.
5. After verifying the written VIN, press the "ENTER" key.

6. Turn the ignition switch OFF; and then turn ON. 7. Verify the programmed VIN in the PCM
memory.
- Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations
Detail
- Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 523
Overview
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations
Fuel Pump Relay: Locations
Detail
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 528
Overview
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Fuel Pump Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuel Pump Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 549
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Air Bag Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Air Bag Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Air Bag Control Module: Description and Operation
SRS CONTROL MODULE
The primary purpose of the SRSCM (Supplemental Restraints System Control Module) is to
discriminate between an event that warrants restraint system deployment and an event that does
not. The SRSCM must decide whether to deploy the restrain system or not. After determining that
pretensioners and/or airbag deployment is required, the SRSCM must supply sufficient power to
the pretensioners and airbag igniters to initiate deployment.
The SRSCM determines that an impact may require deployment of the pretensioners and airbags
from data obtained from impact sensors and other components in conjunction with a safing
function. The SRSCM will not be ready to detect a crash or to activate the restraint system devices
until the signals in the SRSCM circuitry stabilize. It is possible that the SRSCM could activate the
safety restraint devices in approximately 2 seconds but is guaranteed to fully function after
prove-out is completed. The SRSCM must perform a diagnostic routine and light a system
readiness indicator at key-on. The system must perform a continuous diagnostic routine and
provide fault communication through a warning lamp indicator in the event of fault detection. A
serial diagnostic communication interface will be used to facilitate servicing of the restraint control
system.
Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the negative(-) cable from battery and wait for at least 3 minutes. 2. Remove ignition
key from the vehicle. 3. Remove the center console.
4. Pull back the lever, then disconnect the SRSCM harness connector(A). Loosen the bolt(B), then
remove the SRSCM(C).
SRSCM mounting bolt: 0.97-1.39 kgf.m(9.5-13.6 n.m,7.0-10.03 lb.ft)
5. Installation is the reverse of removal.
NOTE: -
Turn the ignition switch ON; the SRS indicator light should turn on for about six seconds and then
go off
- Always use new bolts when installing the SRSCM.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant
Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Seat Occupant
Classification Module - Air Bag: > NHTASA08V161000 > Apr > 08 > Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System Defect
Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Recalls Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System Defect
MAKE/MODELS: MODEL/BUILD YEARS: Hyundai/Sonata 2006-2008 MANUFACTURER :
Hyundai-KIA America Technical Center Inc.
MFR'S REPORT DATE: April 01, 2008
NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 08V161000
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Air Bags
SUMMARY: Hyundai is recalling 393,714 M/Y 2006-2008 Sonata vehicles equipped with an
advanced air bag system which features an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the right front
seat. The purpose of the OCS is to disable the right passenger seat front air bag when it detects
the presence of a child restraint system or small child in the right front seat. The right front air bag
is disabled to prevent injuries to a child that may result from a right front air bag inflation during a
crash.
CONSEQUENCE: Misclassification of a small stature adult as a child in the right front passenger
seat may cause the right front air bag to not inflate in an accident that merits air bag deployment
and may result in injury to the right front occupant.
REMEDY: Dealers will verify that the OCS does not properly recognize a properly seated adult
occupant. After verification, dealers will remove the right front seat cushion assembly and ship it to
an evaluation and repair facility. This facility will evaluate and repair or reprogram the seat cushion
and OCS as necessary. The recall is expected to begin on or about May 26, 2008. Owners may
contact Hyundai at 1-800-633-5151.
NOTES: Hyundai recall No. 083. Customers may contact The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); or go to
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant
Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: > NHTASA08V161000 > Apr > 08 > Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System
Defect
Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 08V161000:
Air Bag System Defect
crash.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection
STARTER RELAY
INSPECTION
1. Remove the fuse box cover
2. Remove the starter relay (A).

3. Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between each terminal.
4. Apply 12 V to terminal 85 and ground to terminal 86. Check for continuity between terminals 30
and 87. 5. If there is no continuity, replace the starter relay. 6. Install the starter relay. 7. Install the
fuse box cover.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and
Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and
Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: >
09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 606
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 614
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 622
NOTE:

NOTE:
05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE - NO MOVEMENT IN DRIVE OR REVERSE GEAR
DESCRIPTION:
If you are servicing a vehicle with no movement in drive or reverse gear, follow the procedure
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Check for DIG in both the "Engine" and "Automatic Transaxle" menus:
^ If DIG are found, refer to TSB 05-40-008 or 04-40-020 for repair guidance.
^ If no DIG are found, go to Step 2.
2. Remove the dipstick and check the ATF for a strong burnt smell. If the smell does not provide
conclusive results, remove the oil pan and check for metal particles in the pan:
^ If a strong burnt smell or metal particles are found, replace the transaxle
^ If not, go to Step 3
NOTE:
ATF that is a dark brown or black color does not indicate an internal transaxle concern; do not
replace the transaxle. SPIII may change color to a dark brown after 10,000 to 25,000 miles in
service. This change is normal for this type of ATF.
VERIFY THE RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT:
3. Move the shift lever to "N".

05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 629
4. Insert a 5 mm drill or MS (5 mm) bolt in the adjustment hole of the range switch. Check that the
drill or bolt fits into the adjustment holes.
^ If so, go to step 9
5. Loosen the two 10 mm mounting bolts.
6. Disconnect the shift cable at the lever.
7. Insert a 5 mm drill or M5 (5 mm) bolt in the adjustment hole of the range switch. Tighten the two
10 mm mounting bolts to specification.
Specification: 7-8 ft.lb (10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)

8. Move the shift lever to the N position. Attach the shift cable to the lever and install the nut.
Tighten the nut to specification.
Remove the 5 mm drill or M5 bolt.
VERIFY THE SIGNAL FROM THE RANGE SWITCH:
9. Attach a Hi-Scan Pro and select:
^ "Hyundai Vehicle Diagnosis"
^ Vehicle
^ "Automatic Transaxle" menu
^ "Current Data" menu
^ "Select Lever Switch" and "Shift Position":
10. Move the shift lever to Reverse.
^ Monitor "Select Lever Switch".
^ If "R" is displayed, the TCM is receiving the correct signal from the range switch. Go to Step 11.
^ If not, check the connector at the TCM and the range switch for a bent pin or pin not fully
inserted. Check the wiring harness for an open or short circuit. If ok, replace the range switch.
11. Move the shift lever to Drive.
Monitor "Shift Position" and "Select Lever Switch".
^ If "D" and "GEAR 1" are displayed, the TCM is receiving the correct signal from the range switch.
Go to Step 12.
12. Install the A/T Tester, P/N 09450-AT000, to the vehicle:
Shift the transaxle to "D". Move the gear selector switch of the A/T Tester and shift manually in 1,
2, 3, 4, and 5 gears (if equipped).
NOTE:
Use the "EF, XG" switch for side-pan transaxles and the "LC" switch for bottom-pan transaxles.
^ Disconnect the A/T Tester from the solenoid. Do not reconnect the harness connector to the
solenoid. Shift the transaxle to "R".
^ If no movement, replace the transaxle.
^ If the vehicle moves, check the harness connector at the TCM and the solenoid for a bent pin or
pin not fully inserted. Check the wiring harness for an open or short circuit.
^ If no problem is found, swap a TCM from a similar vehicle and test for movement in Drive and
Reverse. If the vehicle moves in Drive and Reverse, replace the TCM.
Applicable Warranty Applies.

Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service
Bulletins: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Bulletins: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 638
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Bulletins: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Bulletins: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 646

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Bulletins: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid
DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 654
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Bulletins: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Bulletins: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 662
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Bulletins: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 670
NOTE:

NOTE:
Bulletins: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

Bulletins: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 677
NOTE:
upshifts.

Bulletins: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 678
NOTE:

Bulletins: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

Bulletins: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 683
NOTE:
upshifts.
Bulletins: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 684

NOTE:
Bulletins: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Bulletins: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 689
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Bulletins: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 690
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Bulletins: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Bulletins: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 695

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins
for Control Module: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Group: ENGINE ELECTRICAL
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA
Subject CHECK ENGINE LIGHT P2138/P2127/P2122 DTC WITH P2106
THIS TSB SUPERSEDES BULLETIN 07-36-006 TO UPDATE THE WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
Some 2006-2007 vehicles with 3.3L/3.8L gasoline engines may exhibit MIL illumination with any of
the following DTC stored:
^ P2138 - Pedal position sensor D/E correlation (difference between sensor D & E > 4.5%)
^ P2127 - Pedal position sensor D circuit low input
^ P2122 - Pedal position sensor E circuit low input
The vehicle may have run at reduced power in "limp home mode" in the past and also set the
following DTC:
^ P2106 - ETC System Malfunction - Forced Limited Power
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 NF Sonata with 3.3L Engine
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
Replace the Accelerator Pedal Sensor Assembly.
NOTE:
Do not replace ETC throttle body or PCM only for the occurrence of DTC P2106 without the
presence of P2138, P2127, or P2122.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Use the GDS to determine if any of the following DTC have been stored:
^ P2138 - Pedal position sensor DIE correlation

for Control Module: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 704
Example GDS DTC screen:
2. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
For adjustable type pedal, only the pedal will be replaced; not with the bracket and adjuster motor.
for Control Module: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Low
Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Date: SEPTEMBER, 2007
Model: SONATA AZERA
Subject: CHECK ENGINE LIGHT P2138/P2127/P2122 DTC WITH P2106
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
Some 2006-2007 vehicles with 3.3L/3.8L gasoline engine may exhibit MIL illumination with any of
the following DTC found stored:
^ P2138 - Pedal position sensor D/E correlation (difference between sensor D & E is too much error
greater then 4.5%)
And the vehicle may have run at reduced power in "limp home mode" in the past and set the
following DTC indicating such:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
Do not replace ETC throttle body or PCM for the DTC P2106 as it is the result of the pedal sensor
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Inspect for the stored DTC with GDS and look for the existence of any of the following DTC for
this bulletin to apply:
^ P2138 - Pedal position sensor D/E correlation

for Control Module: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 710
Example GDS DTC screen shown.
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 727
Control Module: Connector Locations
Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest
for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Shift Interlock Control Module: Customer Interest A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
Model: 2006-SONATA & AZERA, 2007-SANTA FE, ELANTRA & ENTOURAGE
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT LEVER WILL NOT SHIFT OUT OF PARK
This TSB updates TSB 06-40-008 to include 2007 model vehicles.
DESCRIPTION:
If the shift lever of a 2006 Sonata, Azera or 2007 Santa Fe, Elantra or Entourage vehicle does not
shift into or out of Park, please follow the repair procedure:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Attach a Hi-Scan Pro or GDS and select:
^ Vehicle
^ "Automatic Transaxle",
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
2. Confirm the "Brake Switch" reads "ON" when the brake pedal is depressed. If not, check the
brake switch clearance according to the related shop manual. If the clearance is within
specification, install a known-good brake switch:
^ 2006 or 2007 Sonata, page BR-12
^ 2006 or 2007 Azera, page BR-12
^ 2007 Santa Fe, page BR-22
^ 2007 Entourage, page BR-11
^ 2007 Elantra, page BR-13
^ Check fuses and related wiring as shown in the related E/M, page 5D452-2.
for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 736
2006 - SONATA
^ Refer to the 2006 or 2007 Sonata Shop Manual, page BD-52 and remove the center panel.
^ Disconnect the M01 connector to the ATM key lock control module. Go to "Test Procedure".
2006 - AZERA:
^ Refer to the 2006 or 2007 Azera Shop Manual, page BD-62 and remove the glove box.
^ Remove the two nuts and disconnect the M76 connector to the ATM key lock control module. Go
to "Test Procedure".
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
^ Refer to the 2007 Entourage Shop Manual, page BD-61 and remove the floor console cover.
2007 - SANTA FE:
^ Refer to the 2007 Santa Fe Shop Manual, page BD-63 and remove the center fascia panel.
(Refer to the 2007 Santa Fe ETM, page CL- 11, photo 61 for clarity).
2007 - ELANTRA
^ Refer to the 2007 Elantra Shop Manual, page BD-51 and remove the lower panel.
(Refer to the 2007 Elantra ETM, page CL-7, photo 38 for clarity).
TEST PROCEDURE:
3. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. Check voltage at the pins according to table. If the
voltages are correct, replace the ATM key lock control module.
PARTS INFORMATION
Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Shift Interlock Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Service Bulletins for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page
744
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
745
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
746
PARTS INFORMATION
Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 747
Modules - A/T > Transmission Control System Relay, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Transmission Control System Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Transmission Control System Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element
Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rear Window Defogger Relay
Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Rear Window Defogger Relay
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
INSPECTION
between the terminals. 4. There should be continuity between the No.2 in the I/P-G and No.7
terminal in the I/P-C when power and ground are connected to the No.2
terminal in the I/P-G and No.8 terminal in the I/P-C.
5. There should be no continuity between the No.2 terminal in the I/P-G and No.7 terminal in the
I/P-C when power is disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element
Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rear Window Defogger Relay > Page 772
Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Windshield Deicer Relay
WINDSHIELD DEICER RELAY
INSPECTION
terminal in the I/P-K when power and ground are connected to the No.2
terminal in the I/P-G and No.8 terminal in the I/P-C.
I/P-K when power is disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay >
Component Location
Power Window Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Power Window Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection
POWER WINDOW RELAY
INSPECTION
terminal in the I/P-A when power and ground are connected to the No.1
terminal in the I/P-G and No.2 terminal in the I/P-A.
I/P-A when power is disconnected.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield
Washer Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Windshield Washer Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Washer Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 802

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Windshield Washer Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control
Wiper Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Wiper Control Module: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Location
Wiper Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Wiper Relay: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment >
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Customer Interest Antitheft System - Alarm System
Self-Activates
Group BODY
Number 09-BE-026
Date SEPTEMBER, 2009
Model GENESIS(BH) GENESIS(BK) TIBURON(GK) SONATA(NF) TUCSON(JM)

ENTOURAGE(EP) ELANTRA(HD)
Subject ALARM SELF ACTIVATES - HOOD SWITCH PAD REPLACEMENT
DESCRIPTION:
The vehicle alarm system may intermittently sound due to light contact of the hood switch pad with
the hood switch.
This bulletin provides instructions to replace the hood switch pad with a revised part.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: Model: Genesis(BH), Genesis Coupe(BK), Tiburon(GK), Sonata(NF),

Tucson(JM), Entourage(EP), ELANTRA(HD)
PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates > Page 866
1. Open the hood and remove the rubber switch pad.

2. Install the new switch pad.
3. Close the hood and press the LOCK button on the transmitter. Verify that all the doors lock and
the hazard lights flash one time.
4. Press the LOCK button on the transmitter two times to confirm the "Horn Answer Back" feature
is operational.
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): All Technical Service Bulletins Antitheft System - Alarm System
Self-Activates
Group BODY
Number 09-BE-026

DESCRIPTION:
the hood switch.

PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE
for Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates > Page 872

is operational.
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 873
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Testing and Inspection
HOOD SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the hood switch.
2. Check for continuity between the terminals and ground according to the table
Pedal Positioning Switch > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch >
Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Fuel Door Switch: Testing and Inspection
FUEL FILLER DOOR OPEN SWITCH
INSPECTION
1. Remove the front door trim panel. 2. Check the switch for continuity between the No.1 and No.2
terminals.
3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor >
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Customer Interest Antitheft System - Alarm System
Self-Activates
Group BODY
Number 09-BE-026

DESCRIPTION:
the hood switch.

PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates > Page 891

is operational.
for Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): All Technical Service Bulletins Antitheft System - Alarm System
Self-Activates
Group BODY
Number 09-BE-026

DESCRIPTION:
the hood switch.

PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE
for Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): > 09-BE-026 > Sep > 09 > Antitheft System - Alarm System Self-Activates > Page 897

is operational.
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Testing and Inspection
HOOD SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the hood switch.
2. Check for continuity between the terminals and ground according to the table
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Pedal Positioning
Switch > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch
Components Location
> Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front
Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Front
FRONT DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the front door trim panel.
2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the actuator.
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table.
> Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 908
Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Rear
REAR DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the rear door trim panel.
2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the actuator.
Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Power Door Lock Switch
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the front door trim panel.
3. Disconnect the 14P connector from the switch.
ASSIST DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION

4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Component Location
Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 915
Power Mirror Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Power Mirror Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Power Mirror Switch: Electrical Diagrams
Circuit Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component, please refer to Mirrors diagrams. See:
Body and Frame/Mirrors/Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams
Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Interior - Revised Power Seat Switch Schematic
Power Seat Switch: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Revised Power Seat Switch Schematic
Group: BODY ELECTRICAL Number: 05-90-013
Date: DECEMBER, 2005
Model: 2006 Sonata
Subject: REVISED POWER SEAT SWITCH SCHEMATIC AND TESTING CHART
DESCRIPTION: This TSB provides a revised power seat schematic for the 2006 Sonata ETM
(Electrical Troubleshooting Manual), and the corresponding revision for the power seat switch
testing chart in the Shop Manual.
The following shop manual pages are affected:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Interior - Revised Power Seat Switch Schematic > Page 939
2006 SONATA SHOP MANUAL PAGE BE-139 PUB # A3KS-EU52A2

2006 SONATA ETM PAGE SD-880-1 PUB # A3KE-EU52NOTE: The revised portions of the wiring
diagram are indicated by dotted
rectangles.
Power Seat Switch: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Power Seat Switch Part Numbers
Group: ELECTRICAL
Number: 05-90-011
Date: NOVEMBER, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject POWER SEAT SWITCH PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
If the driver's side power seat switch requires replacement, please use the following part numbers.
This switch is available as a separate part from the driver's side power seat track assembly.
Normal warranty procedures apply.

Component Location
Power Seat Switch: Connector Locations
Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection
This article has been updated by Techincal Service bulletin (TSB) 05-90-013 dated December
2005.
POWER SEAT SWITCH
INSPECTION
With the power seat switch in each position, make sure that continuity exists between the terminals
below. If continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate
Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate
Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 950
Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection
TRUNK LID OPEN SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the front door trim panel. 2. Check the switch for continuity between the No.3 and No.4
terminals.
3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Seat Heater Switch: Testing and Inspection
SEAT WARMER SWITCH
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal.
2. Remove the seat warmer switch from the floor console upper cover with scraper.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Component Location
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 959
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 960
Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection
SUNROOF SWITCH
INSPECTION
2. Open the sunglass case cover from the overhead console then remove the 2 screws (B) holding
the overhead console.
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the overhead console lamp assembly from the headliner.
Check for continuity between the terminals. If the
continuity is not as specified, replace the sunroof switch.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch >
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch >
Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Connector Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid
Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid
Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 970
Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH
1. Remove the connector(A) from the switch located at the brake fluid reservoir(B).
2. Verify that continuity exists between switch terminals 1 and 2 while pressing the switch (float)
down with a rod.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking
Brake Release Switch > Component Information > Locations
Brake Release Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 974
Parking Brake Release Switch: Testing and Inspection
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
The parking brake switch (A) is a pulling type. It is located under the parking brake lever. To adjust,
move the switch mount up and down with the parking brake lever released all the way.
1. Check that there is continuity between the terminal and switch body with the switch ON (Lever is
pulled).
2. Check that there is no continuity between the terminal and switch body with the switch OFF
(Lever is released).
If continuity is not as specified, replace the switch or inspect its ground connection.
Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Remove the floor console and the connector (B) from the switch (A). 2. Inspect the continuity
between (-) terminal and the ground.
^ When the brake lever is pulled, there should be the continuity between them.
^ When the brake lever is released, there should be no continuity between them.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering
Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > ABS/TCS - Steering Angle Sensor
Centering Procedure
Steering Angle Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins ABS/TCS - Steering Angle Sensor Centering
Procedure
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CENTERING PROCEDURE
MODEL: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
All 2006 MY Sonata vehicles are equipped with Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The ESC system
contains a steering angle sensor which measures the amount and rate of steering wheel input. The
steering angle sensor is used by the ESC to determine if brake or engine torque interventions
should be activated to help the driver.
The steering angle sensor requires calibration whenever the following occurs:
^ Steering Angle Sensor replacement
^ Steering rack removal
^ Steering column removal
This article provides a procedure to recalibrate the steering angle sensor using the Hi-Scan Pro.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE:
1. Vehicle alignment must meet the following requirements before steering angle calibration can be
started.
^ Front wheels < + 1.0° from straight forward.
^ Steering wheel < + 5.0° from straight forward.
^ Roll the vehicle forward and backward on a flat level surface prior to calibration.
NOTE:
Leave the ignition key in the "OFF" position before starting the following procedure.
two bolts.
3. Plug the DLC cable into the 16 pin data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (do not start the engine).

Centering Procedure > Page 982
6. Select option "01.
Hyundai Vehicle Diagnosis" and press ENTER.
7. Select option "01. Sonata (NF)" and press ENTER.
NOTE:
Number may vary, select Sonata (NF).
Anti-Lock Brake System" and press ENTER.
Steering Angle Sensor" and press ENTER.

Centering Procedure > Page 983
10. Press ENTER.

11. Select "Rest".
12. Press ESC.
Applicable warranty
coverage applies.
Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 984

Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 985
Steering Angle Sensor: Description and Operation
STEERING WHEEL ANGLE SPEED SENSOR
DESCRIPTION GENERAL DATA
The steering angle speed sensor detects the angle of the steering wheel in order to which direction
a user chooses. The sensor is detached on the MFS (Multi-Function Switch) under the steering
wheel.
MEASURING PRINCIPLE
A non contact, analog angle sensor carrying out absolute measuring by the use of the
Anisotropic-Magneto-Resistive effect (AMR). Measuring of the absolute angle by means of a
toothed measuring gear with magnetic properties in combination with different ratios.
Corresponding AMR elements that change their electrical resistance according to the magnetic
field direction detect the angle position of the measuring gears. A micro-controller decodes the
measured voltage signals after A/D converting with the help of a mathematical function. Output of
the digital angle value and velocity via CAN-interface.
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (STEERING WHEEL SPEED ANGLE SENSOR)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (STEERING WHEEL SPEED ANGLE SENSOR)

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction
Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 990
Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 991
Traction Control Switch: Description and Operation
ESC SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
1. The ESC OFF switch is for the user to turnoff the ESC system. 2. The ESC OFF lamp is on
when ESC OFF switch is engaged.
Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 992
Traction Control Switch: Testing and Inspection
ESC SWITCH
INSPECTION
1. Remove the ESC OFF switch from the switch panel on the crash pad of the driver's side.
1. Check the continuity between the switch terminals as the ESC OFF switch is engaged.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > ABS/TCS - Wheel Speed Sensor Manual
Corrections
Wheel Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins ABS/TCS - Wheel Speed Sensor Manual
Corrections
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 05-50-008
Date: AUGUST, 2006
Model: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
The 2006 Sonata Shop Manual (page BR-79) contains incorrect information for the wheel speed
sensor power supply circuit inspection diagram.
The correct terminal is terminal "1".
Terminal "2" is the signal wire. The voltage between terminal "2" and chassis ground will fluctuate
between a high of 0.89~1.26V and a low of 0.44~0.63V Please note the changes below.
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT INSPECTION:
1. Turn ignition "ON" & Engine "OFF".
2. Measure voltage between terminal "1" of the vehicle harness wheel speed sensor harness
connector and chassis ground.
3. Specification: approx. B+
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 997
Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications
This article has been updated by technical service bulletin (TSB) 05-50-008 dated August 2005.
sensor power supply circuit inspection diagram. The correct terminal is terminal 1. Terminal 2 is the
signal wire.
Connect an ohmmeter between the wheel speed sensor terminals and measure the resistance.
Service standard
Front: 1,240 - 1,460 Ohms Rear: 1,240 - 1,460 Ohms
Output voltage When measuring with an oscilloscope: Min. 120mVp.p (at 2.75 Km/h)
Note: -
Voltage to terminal 1 will be approximately zero if a DTC code is set for the wheel speed sensor
being tested.
- The voltage between terminal 2 and chassis ground will fluctuate between a high of 0.89 ~ 1.26V
and a low of 0.44 ~ 0.63V.
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Locations
ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) Component Locations

Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1000

Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1001
Wheel Speed Sensor: Connector Locations
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
Wheel Speed Sensor: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
This article has been updated by technical service bulletin (TSB) 05-50-008 dated August 2005.
sensor power supply circuit inspection diagram. The correct terminal is terminal 1. Terminal 2 is the
signal wire.
Inspection
1. Connect an ohmmeter between the wheel speed sensor terminals and measure the resistance.
Service standard
Front: 1,240 - 1,460 Ohms Rear: 1,240 - 1,460 Ohms
2. Connect a voltmeter between the wheel speed sensor terminals, and measure the voltage by
turning the wheel.
Note: Set the voltmeter to measure AC voltage.
Service standard: AC voltage detected.
Power Supply Circuit Inspection:
1. Turn ignition "ON" & engine "OFF". 2. Measure voltage between terminal "1" of the vehicle
harness wheel speed sensor harness connector and chassis ground. 3. Specification: approx. B+
Note: -
Voltage to terminal 1 will be approximately zero if a DTC code is set for the wheel speed sensor
being tested.
- The voltage between terminal 2 and chassis ground will fluctuate between a high of 0.89 ~ 1.26V
and a low of 0.44 ~ 0.63V.
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 1004
Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Tests and General Diagnostics
Front
FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION
1. Measure the output voltage between the terminal of the wheel speed sensor and the body
ground.
CAUTION: In order to protect the wheel speed sensor, when measuring output voltage, a 75 Ohms
resistor must be used as shown.
2. Compare the change of the output voltage of the wheel speed sensor to the normal change of
the output voltage as shown below.
Rear
REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 1005
1. Measure the output voltage between the terminal of the wheel speed sensor and the body
ground.
CAUTION: In order to protect the wheel speed sensor, when measuring output voltage, a 75 Ohms
resistor must be used as shown.
2. Compare the change of the output voltage of the wheel speed sensor to the normal change of
the output voltage as shown.
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front
Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Front
FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front wheel speed sensor mounting bolt (A). 2. Remove the front wheel guard.
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 1008
3. Remove the front wheel speed sensor after disconnecting the wheel speed sensor connector
(A).
Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Rear
REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear wheel speed sensor mounting bolt (A).

2. Remove the rear seat side pad then disconnect the rear wheel speed sensor connector (A).
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations

Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1015
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1016
Yaw Rate Sensor: Description and Operation
YAW-RATE SENSOR AND LATERAL G SENSOR
DESCRIPTION
1. The yaw-rate & lateral G sensor is applied for the ESC system. 2. The yaw-rate is the angular
velocity, when a vehicle turns a corner, and the lateral G is the acceleration to move a vehicle out of
the way when
cornering.
3. The sensor is located in the crash pad lower floor on vehicle.
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1017
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (YAW-RATE & LATERAL G SENSOR)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (YAW-RATE & LATERAL G SENSOR)

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant
Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications
Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications >
Page 1023
Component Location
Page 1024
Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. Water temperature sensor(A) is located at the heater unit. 2. It detects coolant temperature. Its
signal is used for cold engine lockout control. When the driver operates the heater before the
engine is warmed
up, the signal from sensor causes the heater control unit to reduce blower motor speed until
coolant temperature reaches the threshold value.
Page 1025
Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "OFF". 2. Disconnect water temperature sensor connector. 3. Using the multi-tester,
Measure resistance between terminal "1" and "2" of water temperature sensor. 4. If the measured
resistance is not specification, substitute with a known-good water temperature sensor and check
for proper operation.
5. If the problem is corrected, replace the water temperature sensor.

Page 1026
Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
2. Pull out the passenger's crash pad center low cover (A). 3. Remove the under cover after
loosening 2 screws. 4. Disconnect the connector (A) of water temperature sensor.
5. Pull the water temperature sensor(B) out at the heater unit with the stopper (C). 6. Install in the
reverse order of removal.
NOTE: Take care that wire of water temperature sensor is not to be damaged.
Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information >
Specifications
Specifications > Page 1030
Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations
Detail
Overview
Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS)
DESCRIPTION
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) is located in the engine coolant passage of the
cylinder head for detecting the engine coolant temperature. The ECTS uses a thermistor whose
resistance changes with the temperature. The electrical resistance of the ECTS decreases as the
temperature increases, and increases as the temperature decreases. The reference 5 V in the
PCM is supplied to the ECTS via a resistor in the PCM.That is, the resistor in the PCM and the
thermistor in the ECTS are connected in series. When the resistance value of the thermistor in the
ECTS changes according to the engine coolant temperature, the output voltage also changes.
During cold engine operation the PCM increases the fuel injection duration and controls the ignition
timing using the information of engine coolant temperature to avoid engine stalling and improve
driveablity.
Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Testing and Inspection
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1055
Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Testing and Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER
1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminal 2 and ground.
2. If the resistance value is not as shown in the table, replace the temperature sender.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise
Control > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch >
Cruise Control Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Cruise Control Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Cruise Control Switch: Electrical Diagrams

For information regarding diagrams for this component, please refer to Powertrain Management
diagrams. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Powertrain Management/System Diagram/System
Detailed Diagrams/Wiring Diagram Index
Cruise Control Main Switch Circuit Diagram

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender >
Oil Pressure Sender: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Oil Pressure Sender: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Oil Pressure Sender: Testing and Inspection
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION
1. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body with an ohmmeter.
If there is no continuity, replace the oil pressure switch.
2. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body when the fine wire is pushed.
If there is continuity even when the fine wire is pushed, replace the switch.
3. If there is no continuity when a 50 kPa (7 psi) vacuum is applied through the oil hole, the switch
is operating properly.
Check for air leakage. If air leaks, the diaphragm is broken. Replace it.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Temperature Sensor/Switch,
Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor/Switch: >
09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Oil Temperature Sensor/Switch: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil
Leaks
Group ENGINE MECHANICAL
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
Model 2006-2009 3.3L SONATA (NF) 2007-2009 3.3L SANTA FE (CM)
Subject ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LEAK DIAGNOSIS
This Technical Service Bulletin supersedes 08-EM-003 to revise the Warranty Information section.
DESCRIPTION:
If a vehicle equipped with a 3.3L engine exhibits an oil leak at the oil temperature sensor, follow the
repair procedure outlined in this bulletin.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: Models: Santa Fe and Sonata models equipped with the 3.3L V6 engine
INSPECTION PROCEDURE:
Verify the oil leak is from the oil temperature sensor threaded area. Use of florescent dye or baby
powder can be used to isolate the source of the leak.
TOOLS & MATERIALS REQUIRED:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
^ Permatex(R) High Temperature Thread Sealant (#56521) or equivalent
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:
Allow the engine to cool down enough to prevent injury.

Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor/Switch: >
09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1110
1. Remove oil temperature sensor following the appropriate service manual.
2. Clean off any loose residue from the sealing threads of the oil temperature sensor.
3. Wipe clean the oil port and surrounding areas of the cylinder head.
4. Apply a small amount of Permatex(R) High Temperature Thread Sealant (#56521) or equivalent
to the oil temperature sensor threads.
NOTE:
Follow the appropriate application directions of the sealant product to allow sufficient curing time
before reassembly.
5. Reassemble the oil temperature sensor and torque to 22 lb-ft (30Nm).
6. Start engine to verify repair.
Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Oil Temperature Sensor/Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Oil Temperature
Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1116
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1117
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor /
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
Replacement
Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor Replacement
2006 AZERA / SONATA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
MODEL: 2006 AZERA, SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
On some vehicles the ambient temperature displayed on the climate controller may differ from the
actual outside temperature by more than 5-10°F. An updated ambient temperature sensor is
available to improve this condition. This article provides the procedure to install the updated
ambient temperature sensor located in front of the radiator/condenser.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ Only vehicles equipped with Fully Automatic Temperature Control (FATC).
^ Model / Affected vehicle production date range:

^ Azera (TG): Produced Job # 1 - January 8, 2006
^ Sonata (NF): Produced Job # 1 - January 8, 2006
PARTS INFORMATION
^ The current part number will continue to be used with the updated part.
^ To determine if the vehicle has a factory installed or an updated part, refer to the photos.
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE:
1. Unfasten the ambient temperature sensor mounting
bolt.
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
Replacement > Page 1123
2. Remove the ambient temperature sensor by disconnecting the wiring connector.
3. Connect the wiring connector to the new sensor.
4. Tighten the ambient temperature sensor mounting bolt.
5. Reset the A/C control head after ambient temperature sensor replacement.
a. Azera - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector Fuse (30 amp) from the passenger
compartment junction block and replace.
b. Sonata - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector 2 Fuse (15 amp) from the passenger
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1124
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Component Location
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1127
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 1128
Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. The ambient temperature sensor is located at the front of the condenser and detects ambient air
temperature. It is a negative type thermistor;
resistance will increase with lower temperature, and decrease with higher temperatures.
2. The sensor output will be used for discharge temperature control, temperature regulation door
control, blower motor level control, mix mode
control and in-car humidity control.
NOTE: -
If the ambient temperature is below 2.0 degrees C (35.6 degrees F), the A/C compressor will be
stopped.
- The compressor will be operated by manual operating.

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "OFF". 2. Disconnect ambient temperature sensor connector. 3. Check the resistance of
ambient temperature sensor between terminals 1 and 2 whether it is changed by changing
temperature of the ambient
temperature sensor.
4. If the measured resistance is not specification, substitute with a known-good ambient

temperature sensor and check for proper operation.
5. If the problem is corrected, replace the ambient temperature sensor.

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the front bumper.
3. Remove the ambient temperature sensor(A) after loosening the mounting bolt. 4. Installation is
the reverse order of removal.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Specifications
Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1134
Component Location
Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. In-car air temperature sensor is located at the lower crash pad.
2. The sensor contains a thermistor which measures the temperature of the inside. The signal,
decided by the resistance value which changes in
accordance with perceived inside temperature, is delivered to heater control unit and according to
this signal the control unit regulates incar temperature to intended value.
Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "OFF". 2. Disconnect in-car sensor.
3. Using the multi-tester, Measure resistance between terminal "2" and "4" of in-car sensor.
Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the lower crash panel (A). 3. Disconnect
the connector of in-car sensor.
4. Loosen the mounting screws (B) and then remove the in-car sensor (C). 5. Installation is the
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Air Quality Sensor <--> [Climate
Control Exhaust Gas Sensor] > Component Information > Specifications
Control Exhaust Gas Sensor] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1141
Component Location
Air Quality Sensor: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. A.Q.S is located at center support in front of the engine radiator, and detects hazardous
elements in ambient air providing output signal to control. 2. It will detect sulfurous acid gas, carbon
dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbon and allergen.
Air Quality Sensor: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "ON" 2. Using the scan tool.
3. Check the output voltage of AQS between terminals 4 and 5

Air Quality Sensor: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the front bumper.
3. Remove the AQS sensor (A) after loosening the mounting screws. 4. Install in the reverse order
of removal.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Coolant Temperature Sensor /
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1148
Component Location
DESCRIPTION
engine is warmed
INSPECTION

REPLACEMENT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Specifications
Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations
Component Location
Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
The evaporator temperature sensor will detect the evaporator core temperature and interrupt
compressor relay power in order to prevent evaporator freezing by excessive cooling.
It is a negative type thermistor whose resistance is inversely proportional to temperature.

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "ON". 2. Turn on the A/C switch. 3. Disconnect evaporator temperature sensor.
4. Using the multi-tester, Measure resistance between terminal "1" and "2" of evaporator
temperature sensor. 5. If the measured resistance is not specification, substitute with a
known-good evaporator temperature sensor and check for proper operation. 6. If the problem is
corrected, replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Pull out the passenger's crash pad center low cover (A). 2. Disconnect the connector pin (B).
3. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (C) by pulling it after rotating 90 degrees in a
counterclockwise direction. 4. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component
Humidity Sensor: Locations
Information > Locations > Page 1162
Component Location
Humidity Sensor: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. Humidity sensor is located at the lower crash pad and detects in-car humidity for in-car humidity
control.
2. If ambient air temperature or in-car humidity is outside certain range, it will turn on A/C to control
in-car humidity preventing in car fogging.
Air conditioner operation depends on ambient temperature and humidity.

Humidity Sensor: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "ON". 2. Using the scan tool.
3. Check the frequency of humidity sensor between terminals 2 and 3. 4. If the measured
resistance is not specification, substitute with a known-good humidity sensor and check for proper
operation. 5. If the problem is corrected, replace the Humidity sensor.
Humidity Sensor: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the lower crash panel (A). 3. Disconnect
humidity sensor connector.
4. Loosen the mounting screws (B) and then remove the humidity sensor (C). 5. Installation is the
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor /
Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations
Component Location
Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1171

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1186
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
A/C pressure transducer convert the pressure value of high pressure line into voltage value after
measure it. By converted voltage value, engine ECU controls cooling fan by operating it high speed
or low speed. Engine ECU stop the operation of compressor when the temperature of refrigerant
line is so high or so low irregularly to optimize air conditioning system.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Measure the pressure of high pressure line by measuring voltage output between NO.1 and
NO.2 terminals. 2. Inspection the voltage value whether it is sufficient to be regular value or not.
Voltage = 0.00878835 * Pressure (PSIG) + 0.5
3. If the measured voltage value is not specification, replace the A/C pressure transducer.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect negative (-) battery terminal.
2. Disconnect A/C pressure transducer connector(A) (3P) from wiring harness. 3. Remove the A/C
pressure transducer.
CAUTION: Take care that liquid suction pipe Is not bent.
4. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
TORQUE: 10-12 N.m (1.02-1.22 kgf.m, 7.4-8.8 lb.ft)

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Component Locations
Component Location
Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1193
Solar Sensor: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
1. The photo sensor is located at the right part of defrost nozzle. 2. The photo sensor contains a
photovoltaic (sensitive to sunlight) diode. The solar radiation received by its light receiving portion,
generates an
electromotive force in proportion to the amount of radiation received which is transferred to the
automatic temperature control module so that the solar radiation compensation will be performed.
Solar Sensor: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Ignition "ON". 2. Using the scan tool. 3. Emit intensive light toward photo sensor using sunshine,
and check the output absolute voltage change.
4. The absolute voltage will rise with higher intensive light and reduce with lower intensive light.
NOTE: When checking photo sensor, select a place where is exposed to sunshine directly
Solar Sensor: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the indirectly(-) battery terminal. 2. Using the (-) driver, Remove the photo sensor (B)
from the right part of defrost nozzle (A).
3. Disconnect the connector. 4. Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Front Door Switch
Component Information > Locations > Front Door Switch > Page 1202
Door Switch: Testing and Inspection
DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION
Remove the door switch and check for continuity between the terminals.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender >
Components
Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection
MAIN FUEL GAUGE SENDER
1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 3 of sender connector (A)
at each float level.
2. Also check that the resistance changes smoothly when the float is moved from "E" to "F" 3. If the
height resistance is unsatisfactory, replace the fuel sender as an assembly.
CAUTION: After completing this test, wipe the sender dry and reinstall it in the fuel tank.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch >
Key Reminder Switch: Testing and Inspection
KEY WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the driver's crash pad lower panel.
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the door warning switch.
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each position according to the table.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Outside Temperature
Display Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-97-001 > Apr > 06 >
Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed
Outside Temperature Display Sensor: Customer Interest Instruments - Incorrect Outside

Temperature Displayed
Group: CLIMATE CONTROL
Number: 06-97-001
Date: APRIL, 2006
Model: 2006 AZERA, SONATA
Subject: 2006 AZERA / SONATA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
DESCRIPTION:
available to improve this condition. This TSB provides the procedure to install the updated ambient
temperature sensor located in front of the radiator/condenser.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
PARTS INFORMATION:
^ The current part number will continue to be used with the up ate part.
Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed > Page 1236
^ To determine if the vehicle has a factory installed or an updated part refer to the photos below.
1. Unfasten the ambient temperature sensor mounting bolt.

Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed > Page 1237
^ Azera - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector Fuse (30 amp) from the passenger
^ Sonata - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector 2 Fuse (15 amp) from the passenger
Display Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > tnt1671006-02 >
Oct > 06 > A/C - Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
Outside Temperature Display Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor Replacement
2006 AZERA / SONATA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
MODEL: 2006 AZERA, SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
available to improve this condition. This article provides the procedure to install the updated
ambient temperature sensor located in front of the radiator/condenser.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:

PARTS INFORMATION
^ The current part number will continue to be used with the updated part.
^ To determine if the vehicle has a factory installed or an updated part, refer to the photos.
1. Unfasten the ambient temperature sensor mounting
bolt.
Display Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > tnt1671006-02 >
Oct > 06 > A/C - Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement > Page 1243
a. Azera - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector Fuse (30 amp) from the passenger
b. Sonata - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector 2 Fuse (15 amp) from the passenger
Display Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-97-001 > Apr
> 06 > Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed
Outside Temperature Display Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Incorrect
Outside Temperature Displayed
Group: CLIMATE CONTROL
Number: 06-97-001
Date: APRIL, 2006
Model: 2006 AZERA, SONATA
Subject: 2006 AZERA / SONATA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
DESCRIPTION:
available to improve this condition. This TSB provides the procedure to install the updated ambient
temperature sensor located in front of the radiator/condenser.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
PARTS INFORMATION:
^ The current part number will continue to be used with the up ate part.
> 06 > Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed > Page 1248
^ To determine if the vehicle has a factory installed or an updated part refer to the photos below.
1. Unfasten the ambient temperature sensor mounting bolt.

> 06 > Instruments - Incorrect Outside Temperature Displayed > Page 1249
^ Azera - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector Fuse (30 amp) from the passenger
^ Sonata - Remove for 15 seconds the Power Connector 2 Fuse (15 amp) from the passenger
Display Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Outside
Temperature Display Sensor: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Temperature Display Sensor: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1255
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Temperature Display Sensor: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1261
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning
Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Remove the floor console and the connector (B) from the switch (A). 2. Inspect the continuity
between (-) terminal and the ground.
^ When the brake lever is pulled, there should be the continuity between them.
^ When the brake lever is released, there should be no continuity between them.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch
> Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Backup Lamp Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
> Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1271

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Backup Lamp Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > NHTSA09V280000 > Jul > 09 > Recall 09V280000:
Brake Light Switch Replacement
Brake Light Switch: Recalls Recall 09V280000: Brake Light Switch Replacement
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Hyundai/Accent 2005-2007 Hyundai/Azera
2005-2007 Hyundai/Elantra 2005-2007 Hyundai/Sonata 2005-2007 Hyundai/Tucson 2005-2007
MANUFACTURER: Hyundai Caribbean-Puerto Rico
MFR'S REPORT DATE: July 15, 2009
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: EXTERIOR LIGHTING
SUMMARY: Hyundai is recalling 3,011 model year 2005-2007 Elantra, Tucson, Sonata, Azera and
Accent vehicles. A malfunctioning stop lamp switch may cause the brake lights to fail to illuminate
when the brake pedal is depressed or may cause the brake lights to remain illuminated when the
brake pedal is released. A defective stop lamp switch may also affect the operation of the
brake-transmission shift interlock feature so the transmission would not be able to be shift out of
the "PARK" position. It may also cause the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) malfunction light to
illuminate, and it may not deactivate the cruise control when the brake pedal is depressed.
CONSEQUENCE: Any of these malfunctions could lead to a crash.
REMEDY: Dealers will replace the stop lamp switch free of charge. The recall is expected to begin
during August 2009. Owners may contact Hyundai of Puerto Rico customer service at
787-999-4310.
NOTES: Hyundai of Puerto Rico recall No. 91B026. Owners may also contact The National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY
1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov.
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > NHTSA09V122000 > Apr > 09 > Recall 09V122000:
Brake Lamp Switch Replacement
Brake Light Switch: Recalls Recall 09V122000: Brake Lamp Switch Replacement
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Hyundai/Accent 2006-2007 Hyundai/Azera 2007
Hyundai/Elantra 2007 Hyundai/Entourage 2006-2007 Hyundai/Santa Fe 2007 Hyundai/Sonata
2006-2007 Hyundai/Tucson 2005-2007 Hyundai/Veracruz 2007-2008 MANUFACTURER:
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: PE09003 COMPONENT: Service Brakes, Hydraulic: Switches: Brake
Light
SUMMARY: Hyundai is recalling 531,894 M/Y 2006-2007 Accent, Entourage, Sonata, M/Y 2007
Azera, Elantra and Santa Fe, M/Y 2005-2007 Tucson and M/Y 2007-2008 Veracruz vehicles. The
stop lamp switch in the affected vehicles may malfunction. A malfunctioning stop lamp switch may
cause the brake lights to not illuminate when the brake pedal is depressed or may cause the brake
lights to remain illuminated when the brake pedal is released. A stop lamp switch malfunction may
affect the operation of the brake-transmission shift interlock feature so the transmission shifter
would not be able to be shifted out of park position. It may also cause the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) malfunction light to illuminate, and it may not deactivate the cruise control when the
brake pedal is depressed.
CONSEQUENCE: These malfunctions my lead to a crash.
during April 2009. Owners may contact Hyundai customer assistance center at 1-800-633-5151.
NOTES: Hyundai recall No. 092. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-BE-005 > Jul > 08 > Lighting - Brake
Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513
Brake Light Switch: Customer Interest Lighting - Brake Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513
Group: BODY ELECTRICAL
Number: 08-BE-005
Date: JULY, 2008
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: STOP LAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
THIS BULLETIN SUPERSEDES TSB 06-50-006 TO INCLUDE THE CORRECT DESCRIPTION

OF COMPONENTS.
DESCRIPTION:
This TSB describes the procedure to adjust the stop lamp switch. In most cases, proper adjustment
of the stop lamp switch will resolve DTC's P0504 (brake switch) and C1513 (brake light switch)
without replacing the stop lamp switch.
If the vehicle exhibits inoperative brake lights or DTC codes P0504 or C1513 use the following
procedure to ensure proper diagnosis.
NOTE:
Two stop lamp switches have been installed on 2006 Sonatas. The switches are interchangeable.
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with 5NPEU produced before 8/19/05 have a metal housing (left),
vehicles produced on or after 8/19/05 have a plastic housing (right).
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with KMHET produced before 4/28/05 have a metal housing (left),
COMPONENTS:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Check the clearance between the stop lamp switch housing and the brake pedal when the pedal
is in the free position.
Specification: A-B = 0.5 - 1.0 mm (0.02~0.04 in)

Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513 > Page 1303
A - Stop Lamp Switch Metal Housing
B - Brake Pedal Stopper
2. If the clearance is within specification and the stop lamp switch continues to not function
properly, check the operation of the switch.
3. Remove the stop lamp switch by loosening the brake switch lock nuts. Depress the stop lamp
switch plunger manually and see if the brake lights function properly.
4. If the stop lamp switch does not function properly, check the continuity of the stop lamp switch.
5. Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector.
6. Check the continuity of the stop lamp switch by connecting the multimeter to the upper contacts.
7. With the plunger not depressed, the meter should read approximately 0 ohms, has continuity.
8. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multimeter should read open circuit (no continuity).
9. Connect the multimeter connectors to the lower contacts on the stop lamp switch.
10. With the plunger not depressed, the meter should read open circuit (no continuity).
Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513 > Page 1304
11. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multimeter should read approximately 0 ohms, has
continuity.
12. If the stop lamp switch does not pass the continuity test, replace the stop lamp switch.
13. If the stop lamp switch does pass the continuity test, recheck the brake pedal stopper to stop
lamp switch clearance or follow the shop manual ETM to diagnose wiring.
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > NHTSA09V280000 > Jul > 09 >
Recall 09V280000: Brake Light Switch Replacement
Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 09V280000: Brake Light Switch
Replacement
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Hyundai/Accent 2005-2007 Hyundai/Azera
2005-2007 Hyundai/Elantra 2005-2007 Hyundai/Sonata 2005-2007 Hyundai/Tucson 2005-2007
MANUFACTURER: Hyundai Caribbean-Puerto Rico
MFR'S REPORT DATE: July 15, 2009
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: EXTERIOR LIGHTING
SUMMARY: Hyundai is recalling 3,011 model year 2005-2007 Elantra, Tucson, Sonata, Azera and
Accent vehicles. A malfunctioning stop lamp switch may cause the brake lights to fail to illuminate
when the brake pedal is depressed or may cause the brake lights to remain illuminated when the
brake pedal is released. A defective stop lamp switch may also affect the operation of the
brake-transmission shift interlock feature so the transmission would not be able to be shift out of
the "PARK" position. It may also cause the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) malfunction light to
illuminate, and it may not deactivate the cruise control when the brake pedal is depressed.
CONSEQUENCE: Any of these malfunctions could lead to a crash.
during August 2009. Owners may contact Hyundai of Puerto Rico customer service at
787-999-4310.
NOTES: Hyundai of Puerto Rico recall No. 91B026. Owners may also contact The National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY
1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov.
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > NHTSA09V122000 > Apr > 09 >
Recall 09V122000: Brake Lamp Switch Replacement
Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 09V122000: Brake Lamp Switch
Replacement
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Hyundai/Accent 2006-2007 Hyundai/Azera 2007
Hyundai/Elantra 2007 Hyundai/Entourage 2006-2007 Hyundai/Santa Fe 2007 Hyundai/Sonata
2006-2007 Hyundai/Tucson 2005-2007 Hyundai/Veracruz 2007-2008 MANUFACTURER:
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: PE09003 COMPONENT: Service Brakes, Hydraulic: Switches: Brake
Light
SUMMARY: Hyundai is recalling 531,894 M/Y 2006-2007 Accent, Entourage, Sonata, M/Y 2007
Azera, Elantra and Santa Fe, M/Y 2005-2007 Tucson and M/Y 2007-2008 Veracruz vehicles. The
stop lamp switch in the affected vehicles may malfunction. A malfunctioning stop lamp switch may
cause the brake lights to not illuminate when the brake pedal is depressed or may cause the brake
lights to remain illuminated when the brake pedal is released. A stop lamp switch malfunction may
affect the operation of the brake-transmission shift interlock feature so the transmission shifter
would not be able to be shifted out of park position. It may also cause the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) malfunction light to illuminate, and it may not deactivate the cruise control when the
brake pedal is depressed.
CONSEQUENCE: These malfunctions my lead to a crash.
during April 2009. Owners may contact Hyundai customer assistance center at 1-800-633-5151.
NOTES: Hyundai recall No. 092. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 08-BE-005 > Jul > 08 > Lighting -
Brake Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513
Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Lighting - Brake Lamps Inoperative/DTC's
P0504/C1513
Group: BODY ELECTRICAL
Number: 08-BE-005
Date: JULY, 2008
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: STOP LAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
THIS BULLETIN SUPERSEDES TSB 06-50-006 TO INCLUDE THE CORRECT DESCRIPTION

OF COMPONENTS.
DESCRIPTION:
This TSB describes the procedure to adjust the stop lamp switch. In most cases, proper adjustment
of the stop lamp switch will resolve DTC's P0504 (brake switch) and C1513 (brake light switch)
without replacing the stop lamp switch.
If the vehicle exhibits inoperative brake lights or DTC codes P0504 or C1513 use the following
NOTE:
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with 5NPEU produced before 8/19/05 have a metal housing (left),
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with KMHET produced before 4/28/05 have a metal housing (left),
COMPONENTS:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
Specification: A-B = 0.5 - 1.0 mm (0.02~0.04 in)

Brake Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513 > Page 1318
A - Stop Lamp Switch Metal Housing
B - Brake Pedal Stopper
switch plunger manually and see if the brake lights function properly.
7. With the plunger not depressed, the meter should read approximately 0 ohms, has continuity.
8. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multimeter should read open circuit (no continuity).
Brake Lamps Inoperative/DTC's P0504/C1513 > Page 1319
11. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multimeter should read approximately 0 ohms, has
continuity.
lamp switch clearance or follow the shop manual ETM to diagnose wiring.
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > tnt1630506-02 > May > 06 >
Lighting - Brake Light Switch Adjustment Procedure
Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Lighting - Brake Light Switch Adjustment
Procedure
STOP LAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
MODEL: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
This article describes the procedure to adjust the stop lamp switch. In most cases, proper
adjustment of the stop lamp switch will resolve DTC's P0504 (brake switch) and C1513 (brake light
switch) without unnecessary replacement of the stop lamp switch.
If the vehicle exhibits inoperative brake lights or DTC codes P0504 or C1513, use the following
NOTE:
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with 5NPEU produced before 8/19/05 have a metal housing (left);
vehicles produced after 8/19/05 have a plastic housing (right).
NOTE:
Vehicles with a VIN starting with KMHET produced before 4/28/05 have a metal housing (left);
vehicles produced after 4/28/05 have a plastic housing (right).
Lighting - Brake Light Switch Adjustment Procedure > Page 1324
COMPONENTS:
1. Stop Lamp Switch Assembly
2. Stop Lamp Switch Connector
3. Stop Lamp Switch Plunger
4. Brake Pedal Stopper
5. Stop Lamp Switch Lock Nut (qty 2)
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
Specification: A-B = 0.5 - 1.0 mm (0.02~0.04 in) A - Stop Lamp Switch Metal Housing B - Brake
Pedal Stopper
switch plunger manually and see if the brake lights
function properly.

7. With the plunger not depressed, the meter should read approximately o ohms, has continuity.
8. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multi meter should read open circuit (no continuity}).
11. Depress the stop lamp switch plunger. Multi meter should read approximately 0 ohms, has
continuity.
lamp switch clearance or follow the shop manual FTM to diagnose wiring.
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 06-40-008-1 >
Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 1335
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1354
Brake Light Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Brake Light Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Brake Light Switch: Testing and Inspection
BRAKE PEDAL
INSPECTION
1. Check the bushing for wear. 2. Check the brake pedal for bending or twisting. 3. Check the
brake pedal return spring for damage.
4. Check the stop lamp switch.
1) Connect a circuit tester to the connector of stop lamp switch, and check whether or not there is
continuity when the plunger of the stop lamp
switch is pushed in and when it is released.
2) The stop lamp switch is in good condition if there is no continuity when plunger (A) is pushed.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Specifications
Multi Function Switch Specification

Component Information > Specifications > Page 1376
Components
Combination Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
LIGHTING SWITCH INSPECTION

With the multi function switch in each position, make sure that continuity exists between the
terminals. If continuity is not as specified, replace the multi-function switch.
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION

With the multi function switch in each position, make sure that continuity exists between the
terminals. If continuity is not as specified, replace the multi-function switch.
Combination Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the steering column upper and lower shrouds (A) after removing 3 screws.
3. Remove the light switch (A) by pushing the lock pin (B) after disconnecting the connector.
4. Remove the wiper switch (A) by pushing the lock pin (B) after disconnecting the connector. 5.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Front Door Switch
Component Information > Locations > Front Door Switch > Page 1386
Door Switch: Testing and Inspection
DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION
Remove the door switch and check for continuity between the terminals.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Glove Box Lamp
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Dimmer
Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Headlamp Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection
RHEOSTAT
INSPECTION
2. Remove the lower crash pad switch (A) from the side crash pad cover (B) by using the scraper
(C) and then disconnect the connectors.
3. Remove the rheostat (A) from lower crash pad switch.
4. Check for intensity. If the light intensity of the lamps changes smoothly without any flickering
when the rheostat is turned, it can be assumed that
the rheostat is normal.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch >
Headlamp Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Headlamp Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch >
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls -
MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 1429
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls -
Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 1435
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine
Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 1442
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine
Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 1448
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Service Bulletins > Page 1450
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations
Detail
Overview
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation
ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR (APS)
Description
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) is installed on the accelerator pedal module and detects the
rotation angle of the accelerator pedal. The APS is one of the most important sensors in engine
control system, so it consists of the two sensors which adapt individual sensor power and ground
line. The second sensor monitors the first sensor and its output voltage is half of the first one. If the
ratio of the sensor 1 and 2 is out of the range (approximately 1/2), the diagnostic system judges
that it is abnormal.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page
1460
Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations
Detail
1461
Overview
1462
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Information and Instructions > Page 1465

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1480
Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
DESCRIPTION
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) is a hot-film type sensor and is located in between the air cleaner
and the throttle body. It consists of a tube, a sensor assembly and honey cell and detects intake air
quantity flowing into the intake manifold. While the intake air coming out of the air cleaner flows by
the honey cell, it becomes laminar flow, and then it passes the hot-film. At this time, heat transfer is
generated by convection and this sensor loses its energy. This sensor detects the mass air flow by
using the energy loss and transfers the information to the PCM by frequency. The PCM calculates
fuel quantity and ignition timing.
Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Testing and Inspection
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Component Locations
Camshaft Position Sensor: Component Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Component Locations > Page 1488
Overview
Camshaft Position Sensor: Connector Locations
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page
1507
Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS)
DESCRIPTION Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) is a hall sensor and detects the camshaft
position by using a hall element. It is related with Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) and detects
the piston position of each cylinder which the CKPS can't detect. The two CMPS are installed on
engine head cover of bank 1 and 2 and uses a target wheel installed on the camshaft. This sensor
has a hall-effect IC which output voltage changes when magnetic field is made on the IC with
current flow. So the sequential injection of the 6 cylinders is impossible without CMPS signal.
1508
Camshaft Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection
1509
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component
Information > Specifications
Information > Specifications > Page 1513
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications >
Page 1522
Detail
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page
1540
Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS)
DESCRIPTION Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) detects the crankshaft position and is one of
the most important sensors of the engine control system. If there is no CKPS signal input, fuel is
not supplied and the main relay does not operate. That is, vehicle can't run without CKPS signal.
This sensor is installed on transaxle housing and generates alternating current by magnetic flux
field which is made by the sensor and the target wheel when engine runs. The magnetic flux
increases when the protrusion of the target wheel is getting near to the sensor and does not
change in the most close position. When the protrusion becomes estranged from the sensor,
magnetic flux disappears and alternating current is generated. The target wheel consists of 58 slots
and 2 missing slots on 360 CA (Crank Angle).
1541
Crankshaft Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection
Waveform
1542
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Locations
Components
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Specifications >
Page 1549
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations
Detail
Page 1550
Overview
Page 1551
Page 1552
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
The evaporative emission control system prevents hydrocarbon vapors from escaping from the fuel
tank into the atmosphere where they could form photochemical smog. Gasoline vapors are
collected in the charcoal canister. The Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (FTPS) is installed on fuel pump
assembly and is an integral part of the evaporative monitoring system. The PCM monitors the
FTPS signal to detect vacuum decay and excess vacuum. The FTPS measures the difference
between the air pressure inside the fuel tank and outside air pressure to check the purge control
solenoid valve operation and for leak detection in the evaporative emission control system by
monitoring pressure and vacuum levels in the fuel tank during the purge control solenoid valve
operating cycles.
Page 1553
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection
Description
operating cycles.
Specification
Page 1554
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications >
Page 1558
Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations
Detail
Page 1559
Overview
Page 1560
Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (IATS)
Description
DESCRIPTION Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS) is installed inside the Mass Air Flow Sensor
(MAFS) and detects the intake air temperature. To calculate precise air quantity, correction of the
air temperature is needed because air density varies according to the temperature. So the PCM
uses not only MAFS signal but also IATS signal. This sensor has a Negative Temperature
Coefficient (NTC) and its resistance is in inverse proportion to the temperature.
Page 1561
Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Testing and Inspection
Description
Specification
Page 1562
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Knock Sensor: Component Locations
Detail
> Page 1567
Overview
> Page 1568
Knock Sensor: Connector Locations
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1569
Knock Sensor: Description and Operation
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Knocking is a phenomenon characterized by undesirable vibration and noise and can cause engine
damage. Knock Sensor (KS) senses engine knocking and the two sensors are installed inside the
V-valley of the cylinder block. When knocking occurs, the vibration from the cylinder block is
applied as pressure to the piezoelectric element. At this time, this sensor transfers the voltage
signal higher than the specified value to the PCM and the PCM retards the ignition timing. If the
knocking disappears after retarding the ignition timing, the PCM will advance the ignition timing.
This sequential control can improve engine power, torque and fuel economy.
Type: Piezo-electricity type
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
Knock Sensor: Testing and Inspection
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
> Page 1575
Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations
Detail
> Page 1576
Overview
> Page 1577
> Page 1578
Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (MAPS)
Description
DESCRIPTION
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) is speed-density type sensor and is installed on the
surge tank. This MAPS senses absolute pressure in surge tank and transfers this analog signal
proportional to the pressure to the PCM. The PCM calculates the intake air quantity and engine
speed based on this signal. This MAPS consists of piezo-electric element and hybrid IC that
amplifies the element output signal. The element is silicon diaphragm type and adapts pressure
sensitive variable resistor effect of semi-conductor 100% vacuum and the manifold pressure
applies to both sides of it respectively. That is, this sensor outputs the silicon variation proportional
to pressure change by voltage.
> Page 1579
Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Testing and Inspection
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
> Page 1580
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil
Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1589
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine
Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Oil
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 1595
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: Locations
Detail
Overview
Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: Description and Operation
CVVT OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR(OTS)
DESCRIPTION
Continuously Variable Valve Timing (CVVT) system controls valve overlap by forcibly activating the
camshaft and adjusts EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) amount. It decreases exhaust gas (NOx,
HC) and improves fuel economy, idle state, torque in low speed and power in high speed. This
system uses engine oil pressure and consists of the two CVVT Oil Control Valves (OCV) in each
bank which supplies oil to cam phaser according to PWM (Pulse With Modulator) signal of the
PCM, a CVVT Oil Temperature Sensor (OTS) which detects the oil temperature and a cam phaser
which is installed on the end of the camshaft and converts camshaft phase. The oil getting out of
the CVVT oil control valve flows into the cam phaser and rotates the rotor inside cam phaser. At
this time, the camshaft rotates with the rotor and the cam phase is changed.
1. When camshaft rotates engine rotation-wise: Intake Advance / Exhaust-Retard 2. When

camshaft rotates counter engine rotation-wise: Intake- Retard / Exhaust- Advance
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: Testing and Inspection
DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics
Oxygen Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics
P0300-P0306 AND/OR FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR DTC
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides diagnostic procedures for 2006- 2007 vehicles with 3.3L3.8L engines and the
following DTC stored: P0300-P0306 engine misfire DTC and Freeze Frame Data Fuel Trim of at
least - 20% indicating rich shift. or any of the following 02 sensor DTC: ^
P01321P0152 - Front O2 sensor high voltage
^ P01331P0153 - Front O2 sensor slow response
^ P01341P0154 - Front O2 sensor no activity detected
^ P21961P2197 - Front O2 sensor stuck rich
^ P2A001P2A03 - Front O2 sensor no activity
NOTE:
The vehicle may also exhibit an intermittent hesitation when the engine is at operating temperature.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. DTC P0300-P0306 Misfire but no O2 sensor DTC stored: Inspect the Freeze Frame Data for
either the Long Term or Short Term Fuel Trim shifted -20% or more at a particular bank. The
following example illustrates the fuel trim of -20% or more occurred at Bank-i only:
2. Inspect for any of the following Front O2 sensor DTC stored:
^ Bank-1 Front O2 Sensor DTC:
^ P0132 - Front 02 sensor high voltage
^ P0133 - Front O2 sensor slow response
^ P0134 - Front O2 sensor no activity detected
^ P2196 - Front O2 sensor stuck rich
^ P2A00 - Front O2 sensor no activity
^ P0152 - Front O2 sensor high voltage
3. Should either #1 or #2 condition be present replace the related Front O2 sensor at the applicable
bank:
NOTE:
The following Rear 02 sensor DTC may have

set as a result of the Front 02 sensor: ^
P2270 Rear 02 sensor stuck lean (bank-1)
^ P2272 Rear 02 sensor stuck lean (bank-2)
Do not replace the rear 02 sensor

Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics > Page 1607
4. Erase all DTC.

PARTS INFORMATION:
WARRANTY INFORMATION: Bank-1 RH (UP) Sensor:

Oxygen Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - P0300-P0306/O2 Sensor DTC
Diagnostics
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-012
Date OCTOBER, 2010
Model 3.3L SANTA FE AND SONATA, 3.8L ENTOURAGE, AZERA, AND VERACRUZ
Subject P0300-P0306 AND/OR FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR DTC(S)
This bulletin supersedes TSB# 08-FL-002-1 to correct model year and OP Code time.
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides diagnostic procedures for 2006-2009 vehicles with 3.3L/3.8L engines and the
following DTC stored:
P0300-P0306 engine misfire DTC and Freeze Frame Data Fuel Trim of at least - 20% indicating
rich shift.
or any of the following 02 sensor DTC(s):
^ P0132/P0152 - Front 02 sensor high voltage
^ P0134/P0154 - Front 02 sensor no activity detected
^ P2196/P2198 - Front 02 sensor stuck rich
^ P2A00/P2A03 - Front 02 sensor no activity
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: ^ 2006-2009 3.3L Santa Fe and Sonata ^ 2006-2009 3.8L Entourage,
Azera, and Veracruz
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. DTC P0300-P0306 Misfire but no 02 sensor DTC stored:
Inspect the Freeze Frame Data for either the Long Term or Short Term Fuel Trim shifted -20% or
more at a particular bank. The following example illustrates the fuel trim of -20% or more occurred
at Bank-1 only:
2. Inspect for any of the following Front 02 sensor DTC(s) stored:
^ Bank-1 Front 02 Sensor DTC:
^ P0134 - Front 02 sensor no activity detected
^ P2196 - Front 02 sensor stuck rich
^ P2A00 - Front 02 sensor no activity

3. Should either #1 or #2 condition be present, replace the related Front 02 sensor at the applicable
bank:
NOTE:
The following Rear 02 sensor DTC may have set as a result of the Front 02 sensor:
4. Erase all DTC(s).

PARTS INFORMATION
Page 1614
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component
Locations
Oxygen Sensor: Component Locations
Bank 1 / Sensor 1
Bank 1 / Sensor 2
Bank 2 / Sensor 1
Locations > Page 1617
Bank 2 / Sensor 2
Overview
Oxygen Sensor: Connector Locations
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Oxygen Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Oxygen Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1638
Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
DESCRIPTION
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) consists of zirconium and alumina and is installed on upstream
and downstream of the Manifold Catalyst Converter (MCC). After it compares oxygen consistency
of the atmosphere with the exhaust gas, it transfers the oxygen consistency of the exhaust gas to
the PCM. When A/F ratio is rich or lean, it generates approximately 1 V or 0 V respectively. In order
that this sensor normally operates, the temperature of the sensor tip is higher than 370 degrees C
(698 degrees F). So it has a heater which is controlled by the PCM duty signal. When the exhaust
gas temperature is lower than the specified value, the heater warms the sensor tip.
Oxygen Sensor: Testing and Inspection
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations
Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations
Detail
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Page 1644
Overview
Page 1645
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Customer Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
Throttle Position Sensor: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1654
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1655
P2135/P0638 > Page 1656
P2135/P0638 > Page 1657
P2135/P0638 > Page 1658
P2135/P0638 > Page 1659
P2135/P0638 > Page 1660
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1661
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1662
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1663
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1664
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1665
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1666
P2135/P0638 > Page 1667

P2135/P0638 > Page 1668
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Throttle Position Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1674
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1675
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1676
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1677
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1678
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1679
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1680
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1681
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1682
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1683
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1684
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1685
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1686
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1687

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1688
Bulletins > Page 1689
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Throttle Position Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Throttle Position Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No
Start In P/N
Technical Service Bulletin # 09-AT-013 Date: 090701
A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009
Model ALL EXCEPT VERACRUZ AND GENESIS
Subject AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE RANGE SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES P0705,

P0707, P0708
This TSB supersedes TSB 03-40-013 to add repair information (Steps 2-3).
DESCRIPTION:
An improperly adjusted or improperly operating range switch may result in the following conditions:
^ Diagnostic trouble codes:
^ P0705 - Range switch signal problem
^ P0707 - Range switch - open circuit
^ P0708 - Range switch - short circuit or multiple inputs
^ Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illuminated
^ Impossible engine start in "P" or "N"
This TSB provides information concerning the proper adjustment and diagnosis of the transaxle
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Start In P/N > Page 1716
Service Procedure
1. Attach a GDS and check for DTC in both the "Engine" and "Automatic Transaxle" menus. Go to
Step 2 for 2000-02 Accent or Step 3 for 2006-Sonata. For other vehicles, go to Step 4.
2. For 2000-2002 Accent: Check according to TSB 03-40-001. Go to Step 4.
3. For 2006-Sonata, follow steps a, b, c below, then go to Step 4.
a. Check the rear combination lamp ground bolts for tightness and good electrical contact (refer to
applicable ETM, "Tail, Parking & License Lamps" section). Go to Step b.
b. For 2006-Sonata: Remove the center console cover and check for contamination on the M40
connector to the sports mode switch. If so, clean and repair the connector as necessary. Go to step
c below.
c. For 2006-07 Sonata: Remove the front pillar cover and verify the harness is properly routed near
the clip. Repair the harness as necessary. Go to Step 4.
4. Attach a GDS and select vehicle, "A/T" menu, "Current Data" and "Shift Lever Switch".
5. Move the shift lever and confirm the GDS reads the gear shift position as shown above. If so, the
harness currently does not have an open or short circuit between. the PCM/TCM and range switch.
7. Insert a 5mm drill or M5 (5mm) bolt in the adjustment hole of the range switch. Check that the
^ If so, go to Step 8
8. Inspect the connector to the range switch for a bent pin or pin not fully inserted and related
wiring for an open or short circuit. If OK, follow the repair procedure below:
RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT:
9. Install the new range switch and loosely install two 10 mm bolts.
10. Attach the lever and nut. Tighten the nut to specification. Go to Step 11.
Specification: 11-13 lb ft. (15-18 Nm, 150-180 kg.cm)
RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT:
13. Insert a 5mm drill or M5 (5mm) bolt in the adjustment hole of the range switch. Tighten the two
10 mm mounting bolts to specification. Remove the 5mm drill or M5 bolt.

14. Move the shift lever to the "N" position. Attach the shift cable to the lever and install the nut.
15. Attach the connector.
16. Drive the vehicle two key-on to key-off drive cycles, including shifting to gears D, 3, 2, L (if
equipped) and R. If the:
^ DTC does not reset, return the vehicle to the customer.
^ DTC resets, repair or replace the control harness. If the DTC sets again, replace the TCM.
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Customer Interest A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
Model: 2001 ~ SANTA FE & XG, 2002 ~ SONATA, 2003 ~ TIBURON, 2005 ~ TUCSON, 2006 ~
AZERA
Subject AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE "SHIFTRONIC" DIAGNOSIS
This TSB supersedes bulletin 02-40-013-1 to add new models.
DESCRIPTION:
If you are servicing a vehicle equipped with a "SHIFTRONIC(TM)" automatic transaxle that has the
following symptoms, refer to the repair procedure shown below:
^ Will not shift in "D" position, but shifts correctly in "Sports Mode"
^ Will not upshift or downshift in "Sports Mode"
TEST PROCEDURE:
Attach a Hi-Scan Pro or GDS and select:
^ Hyundai Vehicle Diagnosis
^ "Automatic Transaxle", "Current Data"

1. SPORTS MODE SELECT SWITCH TEST:
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' >
Page 1724
With ignition key "ON" and engine off, select "Sports Mode Select Switch."
Check the operation of the select switch when the shift lever is moved from "D" to "Sports Mode"
and back.
2. SPORTS MODE UPSHIFT & DOWNSHIFT SWITCH TEST:
Select:
^ "Sports Mode Up Switch", F1 "FIX"
^ "Sports Mode Down Switch.", F1 "FIX"
^ F2, "SCRN" two times (this will isolate top two data to provide a quick refresh rate)
Shift the Sports Mode lever to the upshift and downshift positions and check the operation of the
switches:
SWITCH BOX REPLACEMENT (2001~SANTA FE & XG, 2002 SONATA & 2003 TIBURON):
Page 1725
If the switches do not operate as shown above, proceed as follows:
1. Refer to the appropriate shop manual, "Body" section and remove the center console.
2. Check the wiring visually for an open or short circuit. Check related connectors for pins that are
bent or not fully inserted. If ok, go to step 3.
3. Refer to the appropriate shop manual, "Automatic Transaxle Control System" section and
replace the switch box assembly.
GEAR SHIFT LEVER REPLACEMENT (2006 SONATA & AZERA, 2007 SANTA FE):
^ Refer to the appropriate shop manual, 'Body" section, to remove the center console.
^ Check the wiring visually for an open or short circuit. Check related connectors for pins that are
^ Refer to the appropriate shop manual, "Automatic Transaxle Control System" section and replace
the gear shift lever assembly.
Page 1726
PARTS INFORMATION:
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Customer Interest A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' >
Page 1731

Page 1732
^ Vehicle
Page 1733
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:
Page 1734

Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-013 > Jul >
09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 1740
Service Procedure
c below.

Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 >
Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T Controls - Neutral
Position Switch Adaptive Relearn
Resetting Adaptive Learning and Range Switch Neutral Position Learning
If the transaxle or transaxle control unit is replaced, the TCU adaptive learning values must be
reset (erased) and the range switch neutral position must be relearned using either the GDS or
Hi-Scan Pro. If the following procedures are not completed, the following conditions may occur:
I. RESET ADAPTIVE LEARNING:
^ Stop the vehicle, move the shift lever to "P" and set the parking brake.
^ Turn the ignition switch "ON" (engine off).
^ Attach the GDS or Hi-Scan Pro.
Reset Transaxle Adaptive Values(GDS):
Follow the instructions on the screen and confirm the test indicates "Completed:"
Reset Transaxie Adaptive Values (Hi-Scan):

Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 1748
^ Select "RESETTING AUTO T/A VALUES."
Press "ENTER."
^ Confirm the test indicates "Completed."
II. RANGE SWITCH "N" POSITION LEARNING:
^ Stop the vehicle, move the shift lever to "N" and set the parking brake.
^ Turn the ignition switch "ON (engine off)."
^ Loosen the nut on the shift cable. Align the dot (o) on the shift lever to the "N" mark on the TCU.
Tighten the nut on the shift cable.
Range Switch "N" Position Learning (GDS):

^ Follow the instructions on the screen and confirm the test indicates "Completed."
Range Switch "N" Position Learning (Hi-Scan Pro):
^ Select "ADAPTIVE PROCEDURE OF N RANGE." Press "ENTER.":

^ Move the shift lever from "P" to "D" and confirm the shift position indicator on the dash reads
correctly. Confirm the correct gear indication using the Hi-Scan or GDS.
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 06-40-013 > Sep >
06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 1754
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - No Movement In

Drive/Reverse
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE - NO MOVEMENT IN DRIVE OR REVERSE GEAR
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
If you are servicing a vehicle with no movement in drive or reverse gear follow the procedure
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Check for DTC in both the "Engine" and "Automatic Transaxle" menus:
^ If DTC are found, refer to TSB 05-40-008 or 04-40-020 for repair guidance.
^ If no DTC are found, go to Step 2.
NOTE:
Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 1761

Specification: 7-8 ft.lb
(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
8. Move the shift lever to the "N" position. Attach the
shift cable to the lever and install the nut. Tighten the nut to specification.
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
^ Automatic Transaxle" menu
^ "Select Lever Switch" and "Shift Position:
inserted.
Check the wiring harness for an open or short circuit. If ok, replace the range switch.
^ Monitor "Shift Position" and "Select Lever Switch".
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
^ Shift the transaxle to "D". Move the gear selector switch of the A/T Tester and shift manually in 1,
NOTE:
Use the "EF, XG" switch for side-pan transaxles and the "LC" switch for bottompan transaxles.
^ If no movement replace the transaxle.
^ If the vehicle moves check the harness connector at the TCM and the solenoid for a bent pin or
pin not fully inserted. Check the wiring harness for an
open or short circuit.
^ If no problem is found swap a TCM from a similar vehicle and test for movement in Drive and
Reverse. If the vehicle moves in Drive and Reverse
replace the TCM.

Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 05-40-016 > Oct >
05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - No Movement in

'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 1768

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 >
A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set

A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 1777
Press "ENTER."

A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 1778

Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09
> A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
> A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement > Page 1783

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component
Locations
Component Location
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Electrical Diagrams
Vehicle Speed Sensor (1)
Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector Pin Outs
found on the Connector Pin Out images that follow most sets of system diagrams.
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1810
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
1. Connect the positive (+) lead from battery to terminal 1 and negative (-) lead to terminal 2. 2.
Connect the positive (+) lead from tester to terminal 3 and the negative (-) lead to terminal 2. 3.
Rotate the shaft. 4. Check that there is voltage change from approx. 0 V to 11 V or more between
terminals 3 and 2.
5. The voltage change should be 4 times for every revolution of the speed sensor shaft.
If operation is not as specified, replace the sensor.

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Lift up the vehicle. 2. Remove the vehicle speed sensor (A).
1. Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor connector (B). 2. Remove the bolt (10 mm [0.4 inch]). 3.
Inspect the vehicle speed sensor bore.
3. Inspect the O-ring for nicks or cut. Install a new O-ring as necessary. 4. Apply a light coat of
automatic transaxle fluid to the O-ring seal before installation. 5. Install the vehicle speed sensor. 6.
Connect the vehicle speed sensor connector. 7. Installation is the reverse of removal.
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1852
Detail
Overview
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1872
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1883
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1884
P2135/P0638 > Page 1885
P2135/P0638 > Page 1886
P2135/P0638 > Page 1887
P2135/P0638 > Page 1888
P2135/P0638 > Page 1889
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1890
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1891
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1892
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 1893
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1894
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 1895
P2135/P0638 > Page 1896

P2135/P0638 > Page 1897
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1903
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1904
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1905
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1906
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1907
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1908
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1909
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1910
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1911
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1912
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1913
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1914
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1915
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1916

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 1917
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations >
Page 1943
Overview
Page 1944
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1962
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1968
Detail
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1986
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions >
Page 1994

Page 1995
in the vehicle.

Page 1996
Page 1997

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Page 1998
Symbols Part 1
Page 1999
Symbols Part 2
Page 2000
Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

Page 2001
Page 2002
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
Page 2003
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
Page 2004
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
Page 2005
shown in [FIG. 7].

Page 2006
Page 2007
Page 2008
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2009
Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ignition switch connector and key warning switch connector from under the
steering column. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals. 3. If continuity is not specified,
replace the switch.
Ignition Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the crash pad side cover (A).
3. Remove the ignition switch (A) after loosening the screw and disconnecting the 6P connector. 4.
Remove the steering column shaft.
5. Remove the key warning switch and key illumination lamp (A) after loosening the screws and
disconnecting the 6P connector.
6. If it is necessary to remove the key lock cylinder (A), Remove the key lock cylinder (A) after
pushing lock pin (B) with key ON. 7. Installation is the reverse of removal procedure.
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 2015
Overview
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2017
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Impact Sensor: Component Locations
Components
Components
Impact Sensor: Connector Locations
Impact Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Impact Sensor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Component Information > Description and Operation > Front Impact Sensor
Impact Sensor: Description and Operation Front Impact Sensor
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR (FIS)
DESCRIPTION
The front impact sensors (FIS) are installed inside the member inner. They are remote sensors that
detect acceleration due to collision at their mounting locations. The primary purpose of the Front
Impact Sensor (FIS) is to provide an indication of a collision. the Front Impact Sensor(FIS) sends
acceleration data to the SRSCM.
Component Information > Description and Operation > Front Impact Sensor > Page 2045
Impact Sensor: Description and Operation Side Impact Sensor
DESCRIPTION
The Side Impact Sensor (SIS) system consist of two front SIS which are installed inside the B-Pillar
(LH and RH). They are remote sensors that detect acceleration due to collision at their mounting
locations. The primary purpose of the Side Impact Sensor (SIS) is to provide an indication of a
collision. The Side Impact Sensor (SIS) sends acceleration data to the SRSCM.
Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Impact Sensor
Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Front Impact Sensor
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
- Removal of the airbag must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described

previously.
- Before disconnecting the front impact sensor connector, disconnect the front airbag connector(s).
- Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the front
impact sensor.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes before beginning work.
2. Remove the bolt(A) then remove the front impact sensor(B). 3. Installation is the reverse of
removal.
NOTE: After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition
switch ON: the SRS indicator light should turn on for about six seconds and then go off.
Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Impact Sensor > Page 2048
Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
- Removal of the airbag must be performed according to the precautions/ procedures described
previously.
- Before disconnecting the side impact sensor connector(s), disconnect the side airbag
connector(s).
- Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the side
impact sensor.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes before beginning work. 2.
Remove the front door scuff trim. 3. Remove the center pillar trim.
4. Remove the bolt(A) then remove the side impact sensor (B).
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
- Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfere with other parts.
- Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the side
impact sensor.
1. Install the new side impact sensor with the bolt then connect the SRS harness connector to the
side impact sensor. 2. Reinstall the belt pretensioner. 3. Reconnect the negative battery cable 4.
After installing the side impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch
ON: the SRS indicator light should turn on about
six seconds and then go off.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle
Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
The buckle status shall modify the SRSCM deployment. If the Buckle Status is Unbuckled, the
corresponding pretensioner will be deactivated.
Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Testing and Inspection
SEAT BELT SWITCH
1. Remove the connector from the switch.
2. Check for continuity between terminals.

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the seat assembly mounting cover (A).
2. After loosening the seat assembly mounting bolt and nut, remove the seat assembly (B). 3.
Remove the wire harness of buckle from seat.
4. Remove the seat belt buckle (A). 5. Installation is the reverse of removal.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > NHTASA08V161000 > Apr > 08 > Recall 08V161000:
Air Bag System Defect
Seat Occupant Sensor: Recalls Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System Defect
crash.
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > NHTASA08V161000 > Apr > 08
> Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System Defect
Seat Occupant Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 08V161000: Air Bag System Defect
crash.
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Seat Occupant Sensor: >
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

NOTE:
before reassembly.
NOTE:
before reassembly.
> Component Information > Locations > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS)
Components
> Component Information > Locations > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) > Page 2084
Components
> Component Information > Description and Operation > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS)
Seat Occupant Sensor: Description and Operation Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS)
DESCRIPTION
The system is intended to classify the occupancy status of the front passenger seat in a motor
vehicle based on the measured force on the bottom seat cushion.
The system also communicates to the SRSCM whether to allow or inhibit the deployment of the
passenger airbags and/or pretensioner based upon this status.
The System also measures dynamic responses of the occupant. This information is used to identify
when a child seat is cinched down tightly with the seat belt, and to also determine if the seat is
unoccupied.
However, the dynamic measurements are not intended, nor capable of monitoring the seating
position of the occupant, nor can they determine the proximity of the occupant to the inflator
modules.
The system should not be confused with an occupant p0sition recognition system, or any other
occupant proximity sensor.
> Component Information > Description and Operation > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) > Page 2087
Seat Occupant Sensor: Description and Operation Seat Track Position Sensor
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
DESCRIPTION
The STPS operated via a non-contacting magnetic proximity sensing device combined with a
simple electronic circuit resulting in the ability of producing two separate and distinct logic level
signals. The STPS output signal is altered by the proximity of a separate ferro-magnetic shunt,
which is linked via the seat-track. The logic signal produced is the result of the proximity device
being activated (shunt present) or deactivated (no shunt present). When the seat is in the forward
position zone of the track, the sensor gives a low current (airbag inflator 2nd stage prohibit) signal.
When the seat is in the rear position zone of the track, it gives a high current (airbag inflator 2nd
stage enable) signal.
> Component Information > Service and Repair > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS)
Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS)
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the passenger seat assembly mounting cover (A).
2. After loosening the passenger seat assembly mounting bolt and nut, remove the seat assembly
(B). 3. Remove the seat cushion.
4. After removing the hogring clip(A) on the front of seat cushion and remove the seat cushion
cover(B).
5. Remove the OCS module(A).

> Component Information > Service and Repair > Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) > Page 2090
Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair Seat Track Position Sensor
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the seat assembly mounting cover (A).

2. After loosening the seat assembly mounting bolt and nut, remove the seat assembly (B).
3. Disconnect the STPS connector and remove the mounting bolts(A).

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

INSPECTION
replace the switch.
REPLACEMENT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2122
Overview
Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2123
Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Steering - Steering
Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
Steering Angle Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Steering - Steering Angle Sensor Centering
Procedure
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 05-50-003
Date: MAY, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CENTERING PROCEDURE
DESCRIPTION:
contains a steering angle sensor, which measures the amount and rate of steering wheel input.
The steering angle sensor is used by the ESC to determine if brake or engine torque interventions
This bulletin provides a procedure to recalibrate the steering angle sensor using the Hi-Scan Pro.
NOTE:
Before starting procedure, make sure vehicle has ESC. Look for button on dash.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:
started.
^ Front wheels < +/- 1.0° from straight forward.
^ Steering wheel < +/- 5.0° from straight forward.
NOTE:
Angle Sensor Centering Procedure > Page 2128
two bolts.

6. Select option "01. Hyundai Vehicle Diagnosis" and press ENTER.
NOTE:

8. Select option "03. Anti-Lock Brake System" and press ENTER.
9. Select option "09. Steering Angle Sensor" and press ENTER.
10. Press ENTER.

11. Select "Rest".
12. Press ESC.

Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2132
Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Steering -
Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
Steering Angle Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Steering - Steering Angle Sensor Centering
Procedure
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 05-50-003
Date: MAY, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CENTERING PROCEDURE
DESCRIPTION:
contains a steering angle sensor, which measures the amount and rate of steering wheel input.
The steering angle sensor is used by the ESC to determine if brake or engine torque interventions
This bulletin provides a procedure to recalibrate the steering angle sensor using the Hi-Scan Pro.
NOTE:
Before starting procedure, make sure vehicle has ESC. Look for button on dash.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:
started.
^ Front wheels < +/- 1.0° from straight forward.
^ Steering wheel < +/- 5.0° from straight forward.
NOTE:
Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure > Page 2138
two bolts.

6. Select option "01. Hyundai Vehicle Diagnosis" and press ENTER.
NOTE:

8. Select option "03. Anti-Lock Brake System" and press ENTER.
9. Select option "09. Steering Angle Sensor" and press ENTER.
10. Press ENTER.

11. Select "Rest".
12. Press ESC.

Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2142
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and
Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift
Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Shift Interlock Switch: Customer Interest A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 2153
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service
Bulletins for Shift Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Shift Interlock Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Bulletins for Shift Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 2161
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
Switches - A/T > Throttle Position Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Switches - A/T > Transmission Mode Switch, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer
Interest for Transmission Mode Switch: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Transmission Mode Switch: Customer Interest A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Interest for Transmission Mode Switch: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page
2175
and back.
Select:
switches:
2176
2177
PARTS INFORMATION:
Switches - A/T > Transmission Mode Switch, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Transmission Mode Switch: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Transmission Mode Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Service Bulletins for Transmission Mode Switch: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' >
Page 2183
and back.
Select:
switches:
Page 2184
Page 2185
PARTS INFORMATION:
Switches - A/T > Transmission Mode Switch, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2186
Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 2195
Service Procedure
c below.

Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 2203
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 2210

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's
P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 2219
Service Procedure
c below.

Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral

Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 2227
Press "ENTER."


Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D',
Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 2233
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In
Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Drive/Reverse > Page 2240

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in

Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 2247

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral

Press "ENTER."


Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In
Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer
Interest for Transmission Speed Sensor: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh
Engagement
Transmission Speed Sensor: Customer Interest A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh
Engagement
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-016
Date AUGUST, 2009
Model 1999-SONATA 2001-ELANTRA, SANTA FE & XG 2003-TIBURON 2005-TUCSON

2006-AZERA 2007-ENTOURAGE
Subject AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES P0715, P0716, P0717,

P0720, P0721 & P0722
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
This TSB updates TSB 07-40-016 to add repair information (Step 6).
An improperly functioning input speed sensor or output speed sensor may result in the following
conditions:
^ "Check Engine" light on
^ Harsh P-R or P-D engagement shock
^ Transaxle in 3rd gear fail-safe
^ Diagnostic trouble codes

PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Using a GDS, check for DTCs in both the "Engine" and "Automatic Transaxle" menus. Record
the DTC and description.
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
^ "Input speed sensor" and "output speed sensor". Drive the vehicle and monitor the input and
output speed sensors. If the sensors show:
^ Continuous output, the wiring currently has no open/shorts. Go to Step 6.
^ No output, go to Step 3
3. Check the wiring harness visually for an open circuit or short circuit to ground. Check for a
pinched harness at the PCM/TCM attachment bolts.
4. Disconnect the connectors at the input and output speed sensor and PCM/TCM. Check for bent
pins or pins not fully inserted into the connector.
5. If a harness open/short is found, repair or replace the ECM control harness between the
PCM/TCM and transaxle and go to Step 8. If not, go to Step 6.
6. P0722 ONLY: For 2006~ Sonata, 2007~ Santa Fe, 2007~ Entourage and 2006~ Azera vehicles,
check the ground bolt at the location shown. Confirm the threads are clean and the bolt is tight.
7. If the ground bolts are clean and tight, follow the repair procedure shown above.
8. Drive the vehicle for two key-on to key-off driving cycles. If the codes:
^ Do not set again, return the vehicle to the customer.
^ Set again, go to step 8.
9. Exchange a PCM or TCM from a similar year and model vehicle (excluding vehicles with
immobilizer). If the codes:
^ Set again, replace the control wiring harness.
^ Do not set again, replace the PCM or TCM.
Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Transmission Speed Sensor: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh
Engagement
Transmission Speed Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe
Mode/Harsh Engagement
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-016
Date AUGUST, 2009


P0720, P0721 & P0722
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
conditions:

PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass
Element Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rear Window Defogger Switch
Heated Glass Element Switch: Testing and Inspection Rear Window Defogger Switch
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
INSPECTION
2. Remove the center facia panel (A) by using a scraper (B). Take care of fixing clip. 3. Disconnect
the connectors.
4. Using an ohmmeter, inspection the continuity between the terminals after removing to the switch
connector.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass
Element Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rear Window Defogger Switch > Page 2287
Heated Glass Element Switch: Testing and Inspection Windshield Deicer Switch
WINDSHIELD DEICER SWITCH
INSPECTION
2. Remove the center facia panel(A) by using a scraper (B). Take care of fixing clip. 3. Disconnect
the connectors.
4. Using an ohmmeter, inspection the continuity between the terminals after removing to the switch
connector.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window
Component Location
Power Window Switch: Connector Locations
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Power Window Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2295

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Power Window Switch: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Power Window Switch: Electrical Diagrams
Circuit Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component, please refer to Windows diagrams. See:
Windows and Glass/Windows/Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2313
Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If the
continuity condition is not normal, replace the
switch.
ASSIST POWER WINDOW SWITCH INSPECTION
3. Disconnect the 11p connector from the switch.
switch.
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the rear door trim panel.

switch.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid
Level Switch > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch
> Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Wiper Switch: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
Check for continuity between the terminals while operating the wiper and washer switch. if it is not
normal condition, replace wiper and wiper switch.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch
> Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2323
Wiper Switch: Service and Repair
WINDSHIELD WIPER / WASHER SWITCH
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the steering column upper and lower shrouds (A) after removing 3 screws.
2. Remove the wiper switch (A) by pushing the lock pin (B) after disconnecting the connector. 3.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Drift/Pull Diagnosis/Repair
Alignment: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Drift/Pull Diagnosis/Repair
Group: SUSPENSION SYSTEM
Number: 08-SS-004
Date: JULY, 2008
Model: ALL
Subject: DIAGNOSIS AND CORRECTION OF VEHICLE PULL
This bulletin supersedes TSB 05-50-012 to include 2009 models
DESCRIPTION:
Several factors may cause vehicle pull, both vehicle related and external conditions. The purpose
of this bulletin is to assist in identifying the vehicle related conditions that cause pull and how to
correct those conditions.
CAUSES OF VEHICLE PULL:
Vehicle pull is the tendency of the vehicle to drift right or left while driving in a straight ahead
direction on a straight road at a constant speed with no pressure on the steering wheel. This pull or
drift may be gradual and can always be compensated for by inputs through the steering wheel. One
or more of the following conditions may cause the vehicle to pull:
Non-vehicle conditions that may cause the vehicle to pull: ^
Cambered road surfaces - Most highways are built with cambered or "crowned" surfaces to drain
rain water. Sometimes the road camber is visually noticeable. Other times, it is not. The vehicle
may tend to pull to the left or right, depending on the camber of the road surface.
Cross-winds - A sometimes overlooked, yet possible cause of steering drift is cross-winds. Side
winds at higher vehicle speeds may cause vehicle pull. Please do not rule out cross-winds when
diagnosing a vehicle pull.
Vehicle pull caused by these two conditions is not related to vehicle adjustments and no repair
should be made.
Vehicle conditions that may cause the vehicle to pull: ^
Tire inflation pressure - As small as a 2 pounds/square inch tire inflation pressure difference
between the right and left tires may cause a vehicle to pull. Be sure to check the tire pressure
before the tires are warmed up prior to attempting more extensive diagnosis.
Wheel alignment - Slightly out of specification wheel alignment causes very few vehicles to pull.
Therefore, if the vehicle wheel alignment has been adjusted as close as possible to specification,
DO NOT attempt to correct the vehicle pull by changing the wheel alignment angles by bending
suspension components or other non-approved methods.
Uneven brake adjustment - If one of the four brakes is dragging, the vehicle may pull to the side of
the dragging brake. Verify that none of the brakes are dragging and that they are adjusted correctly
prior to attempting more extensive diagnosis.
^
Incorrect vehicle trim height - If the trim height of the vehicle is not equal on all sides, the vehicle
may pull to the side of the lower trim height. Check and adjust the trim height of the vehicle as
necessary. Please note that a slight variation in the vehicle trim height seldom causes a noticeable
vehicle pull.
Steering/Suspension - Drift/Pull Diagnosis/Repair > Page 2329
^ Tire construction - The way in which the tire is built can produce vehicle pull. An example of this
is the placement of the under tread belt. An off-center radial tire belt can cause the tire to develop a
side force while rolling straight down the road and the tire will tend to roll like a cone. To correct this
condition, please use the flow chart. This chart provides the sequence of procedures designed to
be performed for all conditions of vehicle pull.
^ Tire size - Different size tires or different make of tires, on either axles, may cause a vehicle pull.
Alignment: Technical Service Bulletins Alignment - Front Toe-In Adjustment Caution
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 06-50-017
Model: AZERA (TG) AND SONATA (NF)
Subject: FRONT WHEEL TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT CAUTION
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin describes the correct position of the tie rod end for Azera (TC) and Sonata (NF)
vehicles.
During toe-in adjustment, the tie rod end (B) may move towards the stabilizer bar link (A) and
reduce the clearance between the two parts as shown.
After toe-in adjustment, tighten the tie rod end lock nuts firmly then rotate the tie rod end with a
wrench to increase clearance as shown.
NOTE:
Minimum clearance between the tie rod and the stabilizer bar link may cause an interference noise
when the steering is turned fully or the vehicle is driven over uneven or rough road surfaces.
Alignment: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specifications
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 06-50-004
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL 2006 MODELS
Subject ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION:
The table below lists the 2006 model year vehicle wheel alignment specifications
2006 MODEL YEAR ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS CHART

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2332
Alignment Specifications
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Wheel Alignment
Alignment: Service and Repair Wheel Alignment
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
When using commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment (caster, camber,
toe) to inspect the front wheel alignment, always position the car on a level surface with the front
wheels facing straight ahead. Prior to inspection, make sure that the front suspension and steering
system are in normal operating condition and that the wheels and tires face straight ahead and the
tires are inflated to the specified pressure.
TOE
Toe is a measurement of how much the front of the wheels are turned in or out from the
straight-ahead position. When the wheels are turned in toward the front of the vehicle, toe is
positive (+) (toe inch). When the wheels are turned out toward the front of the vehicle, toe is
negative (-) (toe out). Toe is measured in degrees, from side to side, and totaled.
[FRONT]
Toe-in (B-A or angle a+b) is adjusted by turning the tie rod turnbuckles. Toe-in on the left front
wheel can be reduced by turning the tie rod toward the rear of the car. Toe- in change is adjusted
by turning the tie rods for the right and left heels simultaneously at the same amount as follows.
Standard value Toe-in (B-A) mm (in): 0 ± 2 (0 ± 0.0787)
NOTE: Toe-in adjustment should be made by turning the right and left tie rods at the same amount
When adjusting toe-in, loosen the outer bellows clip to prevent twisting the bellows. After the
adjustment, tighten the tie rod end lock nuts firmly and reinstall the bellows clip. Adjust each toe-in
to be the range of ± 1 mm.
Tie rod (A) Specified torque: 50 - 55 Nm (5 - 5.5 kgf-cm, 36.2 - 39.8 ft. lbs.)
[REAR]
Standard value Toe-in (B-A) mm (in): 2 ± 2 (0.0787 ± 0.0787) Adjust the toe-in by turning the cam
bolt of the assist arm.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Wheel Alignment >
Page 2335
Left cam bolt: Clockwise - toe-in Right cam bolt: Clockwise - toe-out The variation of toe by a
rotation of the cam bolt About 4.1 mm (0.4)
CAUTION: Each toe should be within 1 ± 1 mm (0.039 0.039 inch). If the difference between right
and left is not within +2 mm (0.079 inch), repeat adjustment After adjusting the cam bolt, tighten the
nut to the specified torque.
Specified torque 110 - 120 Nm (11 - 12 kgf-m 79.5 - 86.8 ft. lbs.)
CAMBER
[FRONT]
Camber is the inward or outward tilting of the wheels at the top. When the wheel tilts out at the top,
then the camber is positive (+). When the wheel tilts in at the top, then the camber is negative (-).
Standard value: 0' +- 30'
Difference between right and left angle is within 00 30'
NOTE: Camber is pre-set at the factory and does not need to be adjusted. If the camber is not
within the standard value, replace the bent or damaged parts.
[REAR]
Standard value: -0030' ± 30' Difference between right and left angle is within 00 30'
Page 2336
Adjust the camber by turning the cam bolt of the rear lower arm. Left cam bolt: Clockwise -camber
(+) Right cam bolt: Clockwise -camber (-) The variation of camber by a rotation of the cam bolt
About 0.2°
CASTER
Caster is the tilting of the strut axis either forward or backward from vertical. A backward tilt is
positive (+) and a forward tilt is negative (-).
Caster is pre-set at the factory and doesn't need to be adjusted. If the caster is not within the
standard value, replace the bent or damaged parts.
Caster: 4 - 50' ± 45' (to ground), 5°3' (to body)
NOTE: ^
The worn loose or damaged parts of the front suspension assembly must be replaced prior to
measuring front wheel alignment. Camber and caster are pre-set to the specified value at the
factory and don't need to be adjusted.
^ If the camber and caster are not within specifications, replace bent or damaged parts.
^ The difference of left and right wheels about the camber and the caster must be within the range
of 00 ± 30'.
Page 2337
Alignment: Service and Repair Checking Steering Angle
CHECKING STEERING ANGLE
1. Place the front wheel on a turning radius gauge and measure the steering angle.
Standard value Wheel angle
Inside wheel: 39.17° ± 2° Outside wheel: 31.56°
2. If the measured value is not within the standard value, adjust the toe and inspect again.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System
Fuel Pressure: Specifications
Standard
Value:.....................................................................................................................................374 -
384 kPa (3.82 - 3.92 kg/sq.cm, 54.3 - 55.8 psi)
Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection
Fuel Pressure Test (Steps 1 - 3)



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information
> Specifications
Idle Speed: Specifications
Idle Speed
A/C ON OFF
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
.........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
A/C ON ON
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
...........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure
Release > System Information > Service and Repair
Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair
RELEASE THE INTERNAL PRESSURE
1. Disconnect the fuel pump connector(A). 2. Start the engine and wait until fuel in fuel line is
exhausted. 3. After the engine stalls, turn the ignition switch to OFF position and disconnect the
negative (-) terminal from the battery.
NOTE: Be sure to reduce the fuel pressure before disconnecting the fuel feed hose, otherwise fuel
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component
Firing Order: Specifications
Firing Order 1-2-3-4-5-6
..............................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Number One
Cylinder > Component Information > Locations
Number One Cylinder: Locations
Number One Cylinder

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component
Information > Testing and Inspection
Ignition Cable: Testing and Inspection
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
1. Remove the ignition coil connector(A).
NOTE: when removing the ignition coil connector, pull the lock pin(A) and push the clip(B).
2. Remove the ignition coil(B).
3. Using a spark plug socket, remove the spark plug.
CAUTION: Be careful that no contaminates enter through the spark plug holes.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component
Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2362
4. Inspect the electrodes (A) and ceramic insulator (B).
5. Check the electrode gap (A).
Standard Unleaded:1.0 - 1.1 mm (0.0394 - 0.0433 in.)

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component
Spark Plug: Specifications
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
Spark Plug: Application and ID
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection
INSPECT SPARK PLUG

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System
Compression Check: Specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION
Compression pressure
................................................................................................................................................. 1,283
kPa (13.0 kgf/cm2, 185 psi) Minimum pressure
......................................................................................................................................................
1,135 kPa (1 1.5 kgf/cm2, 164 psi) Difference between each cylinder
............................................................................................................................ 100 kPa (1.0
kgf/cm2, 15 psi) or less
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System
Compression Check: Testing and Inspection
COMPRESSION
NOTE: If the there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the
compression pressure.
1. Warm up and stop engine.
Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating temperature.
2. Remove ignition coils. 3. Remove spark plugs.
Using a 16 mm plug wrench, remove the 6 spark plugs.
4. Check cylinder compression pressure.
a. Insert a compression gauge into the spark plug hole. b. Fully open the throttle. c. While cranking
the engine, measure the compression pressure.
NOTE: Always use a fully charged battery to obtain engine speed of 200 rpm or more.
d. Repeat steps (a) through (c) for each cylinder.
NOTE: This measurement must be done in as short a time as possible.
Compression pressure 1,283 kPa (13.0 kgf/cm2, 185 psi) Minimum pressure: 1,135 kPa (1 1.5
kgf/cm2, 164 psi) Difference between each cylinder 100 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 15 psi) or less
e. If the cylinder compression in 1 or more cylinders is low, pour a small amount of engine oil into
the cylinder through the spark plug hole and
repeat steps (a) through (c) for cylinders with low compression. ^
If adding oil helps the compression, it is likely that the piston rings and/or cylinder bore are worn or
damaged.
^ If pressure stays low, a valve may be sticking or seating is improper, or there may be leakage
past the gasket.
5. Reinstall spark plugs. 6. Install ignition coils.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System
Valve Clearance: Specifications
Valve Clearance Temperature .............................................................................................................

........................................................................................ (20°C [68°F]) Limit
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
.................. 0.10 - 0.30 mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 inch) Exhaust ...............................................................
................................................................................................... 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.0079 - 0.0157
inch)
Specification
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
................. 0.17 - 0.23 mm (0.0067 - 0.0090 inch) Exhaust ................................................................
.................................................................................................. 0.27 - 0.33 mm (0.0106 - 0.0129
inch)
Valve Clearance: Adjustments
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Inspect and adjust the valve clearance when the engine is cold (Engine coolant
temperature: 20°C) and cylinder head is installed on the cylinder block.
1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the surge tank.
4. Remove the cylinder head cover.
a. Disconnect the ignition coil connector and remove the ignition coil. b. Disconnect the breather
hose (A) from the cylinder head cover.
c. Loosen the cylinder head cover bolts and then remove the cover (A) and gasket.
5. Set No. 1 cylinder to TDC/compression.
a. Turn the crankshaft pulley and align its groove with the timing mark T of the lower timing chain
cover.
b. Check that the mark (A) of the camshaft timing sprockets are in straight line on the cylinder head
surface as shown in the illustration.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution (360°)
NOTE: Do not rotate engine counterclockwise
6. Inspect the valve clearance.
a. Check only the valve indicated as shown. [No. 1 cylinder: TDC/Compression] measure the valve
clearance.
- Using a thickness gauge, measure the clearance between the tappet and the base circle of
camshaft.
- Record the out-of-specification valve clearance measurements. They will be used later to
determine the required replacement adjusting tappet.
Valve clearance Specification Engine coolant temperature: 20°C [68°F] Limit Intake: 0.10 - 0.30
mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 inch) Exhaust: 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.0079 - 0.0157 inch)
b. Turn the crankshaft pulley one revolution (360") and align the groove with timing mark T of the
lower timing chain cover.

c. Check only valves indicated as shown. [NO, 4 cylinder: TDC/compression]. Measure the valve
clearance.
7. Adjust the intake and exhaust valve clearance.
a. Set the No. 1 cylinder to the TDC/compression. b. Remove the timing chain. c. Remove the
camshaft bearing caps (A).
d. Remove the camshaft assembly (A). e. Remove MLAs.
f. Measure the thickness of the removed tappet using a micrometer.
g. Calculate the thickness of a new tappet so that the valve clearance comes within the specified
value.
Valve clearance (Engine coolant temperature: 20°C[68°F]) T Thickness of removed tappet A

Measured valve clearance N Thickness of new tappet Intake: N = T + [A - 0.20 mm (0.0079 inch)]
Exhaust: N = T + [A - 0.30 mm (0.0118 inch)]
h. Select a new tappet with a thickness as close as possible to the calculated value.
NOTE: Shims are available in 41 size increments of 0.015 mm (0.0006 inch) from 3.00 mm (0.118
inch) to 3.600 mm (0.1417 inch)
i. Place a new tappet on the cylinder head.
NOTE: Apply engine oil at the selected tappet on the periphery and top surface.
j. Install the intake and exhaust camshaft.
k. Install the bearing caps. l.
Install the timing chain.
m. Turn the crankshaft two turns in the operating direction (clockwise) and realign crankshaft
sprocket and camshaft sprocket timing marks. n. Recheck the valve clearance.
Valve clearance (Engine coolant temperature: 20°C [68°F]) [Specification] Intake: 0.17 - 0.23 mm
(0.0067 - 0.0090 inch) Exhaust: 0.27 - 0.33 mm (0.0106 - 0.0129 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations
Timing Component Alignment Marks: Locations
Timing Mark Alignment
LH Timing Chain
RH Timing Chain
Crankshaft Sprocket For LH Timing Chain

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2383
Crankshaft Sprocket For RH Timing Chain And Oil Pump
The timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain
at installing timing chain.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Diagrams
Drive Belt: Diagrams
Drive Belt Routing

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2387
Drive Belt: Service and Repair
8. Install drive belt (A).
Crankshaft pulley -> A/C pulley -> idler pulley -> alternator pulley -> water pump pulley -> P/S
pump pulley -> tensioner pulley. Rotate auto tensioner arm in the counter - clockwise moving auto
tensioner pulley bolt with wrench. After putting belt on auto tensioner pulley, release the auto
tensioner pulley slowly.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Cabin Air Filter > Component Information > Description and
Operation
Cabin Air Filter: Description and Operation
DESCRIPTION
This has particle filter which eliminates foreign materials and odor. The particle filter includes odor
filter as well as conventional dust filter to ensure a comfortable interior environment.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Cabin Air Filter > Component Information > Description and
Operation > Page 2392
Cabin Air Filter: Service and Repair
1. Remove the damper (A) from the glove box after removing the side cover.
2. Open the glove box (A). Lower the glove box down completely by removing the glove box
stopper (B) to the glove box.
3. Remove the filter cover (A) with pushing the knob. 4. replace the air filter (B), install it after
making sure of the direction of the air filter flow.
*Replacement interval: 15000 km (9320 miles)

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Evaporative Canister Filter > Component Information > Locations
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Evaporative Canister Filter > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2396
Evaporative Canister Filter: Service and Repair
FUEL TANK AIR FILTER
REPLACE
1. Remove the rear left wheel house.
2. Disconnect the canister close valve wiring connector and the vapor hose to canister (B) 3.
Remove the fuel tank air filter(A). 4. Install a new fuel tank air filter.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service
and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair
Oil Filter: Service and Repair
OIL AND FILTER
CAUTION: -
Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will result in the removal of natural fats from the
skin, leading to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may cause skin cancer.
- Exercise caution in order to minimize the length and frequency of contact of your skin to used oil.
Wear protective clothing and gloves. Wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water, or use
water-less hand cleaner, to remove any used engine oil. Do not use gasoline, thinners, or solvents.
- In order to preserve the environment, used oil and used oil filter must be disposed of only at
designated disposal sites.
1. Wait for 5 minutes after loosening the oil filter cap by turning it counterclockwise to drain well the
oil in the oil filter. 2. Remove the oil filler cap. 3. Remove the oil drain plug, and drain the oil into a
container.
4. Replace oil filter.
a. Disconnect the oil filter cap from oil filter body. b. Remove the oil filter element. c. Check and
clean the oil filter installation surface. d. Check the part number of the new oil filter is as same as
old one. e. Install new oil filter element (A) and two O-rings (B). f.
Lightly screw the oil filter cap into place, and tighten it until the O-ring contacts the seat. Tightening
torque 24.50 Nm (2.5 kgf.m, 18.08 ft. lbs.)
5. Refill with engine oil.
a. Clean and install the oil drain plug with a new gasket.
Tightening torque 34.3 - 44.1 Nm (3.5 - 4.5 kgf.m, 25.3 - 32.5 ft. lbs.)
b. Fill with fresh engine oil
Capacity Drain and refill W/Oil filter change: 5.9 Liters (6.23 U. S. qts, 5.19 Imp. quarts) W/O Oil
filter change: 5.5 Liters (5.81 U. S. qts, 4.84 Imp. quarts) Oil filter: 0.4 Liters (0.42 U.S. qts, 0.35
Imp. quarts)
c. Install the oil filter cap.
6. Start engine and check for oil leaks. 7. Recheck engine oil level.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair >
Page 2404
Recommended API classification: Above SJ or SL Recommended SAE viscosity grades: 5W-20 If

5W-20 engine oil is not available, 5W-30 or secondary recommended engine oil for corresponding
temperature range can be used.
NOTE: For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those
lubricants which: -
Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
- Have proper SAE grade number 1 expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the
container should not be used.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair >
Page 2405
Oil Filter: Tools and Equipment
Hyundai Oil Filter Wrench
AST tool# HY 8815
22mm Hex, 88mm with 15 Flats Applicable to 2006 Hyundai Sonata, Santa Fe and Azerra (V6)
Made of Aluminum Made in the U.S.A.
Oil filter wrench. 2009 suggested user price: 19.74
Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1 800 525 2943

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Locations
Component Location
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page
2410
Hose/Line HVAC: Service and Repair
REPLACEMENT
1. Discharge refrigerant from refrigeration system (Refer to page HA-9). 2. Replace faulty tube or
hose.
CAUTION: Cap the open fittings immediately to keep moisture or dirt out of the system.
3. Tighten joint of bolt or nut to specified torque.
CAUTION: Connections should not be torque tighter than the specified torque.
4. Evacuate air in refrigeration system and charge system with refrigerant (Refer to page HA-9).
Specified amount: 550 ± 25g (19.4 ± 0.88 oz.)
5. Inspect for leakage of refrigerant.
Using a gas leak detector, check for leakage of refrigerant (Refer to page HA-11).
6. Inspect A/C operation.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Service and
Repair
Power Steering Line/Hose: Service and Repair
POWER STEERING HOSES
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
While installing the tube and hose assembly, be sure to align white marks on each fitting.
Repair > Page 2414
PRESSURE HOSE, TUBE AND RETURN TUBE, HOSE
1. Remove the mounting clamps from the pressure tube and the return tube.
2. Remove the pitting of both the pressure tube and the return tube from the gearbox. 3. Remove
the pressure hose and tube.
4. Remove the return tube and hose.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Install the return tube and hoses so that they are not twisted and it does not come in
contact with any other parts. After installation, air bleed
Repair > Page 2415
the system.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins
> Brakes - Brake Fluid Adding/Changing Precautions
Brake Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Fluid Adding/Changing Precautions
Group BRAKES
Number 10-SS-003
Date FEBRUARY, 2010
Model ALL
Subject BRAKE FLUID PRECAUTIONS - ADDING OR CHANGING FLUID
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides guidelines that should be followed before removing the brake fluid reservoir
cap when adding or changing brake fluid.
IMPORTANT:
Make sure to completely remove foreign substances from around brake fluid reservoir and cap
before opening the reservoir cap. Not following this may cause contamination of brake fluid.
VEHICLES AFFECTED: All models
1. SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Location of brake reservoir cap
There are two potential locations for the brake fluid reservoir shown above.
HOW TO REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES FROM AROUND THE BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
CAP:
1. If the brake fluid reservoir cap is located in front of cowl top cover, first wipe foreign substances
off the brake fluid reservoir and its cap and then open the cap to add or change brake fluid.
> Brakes - Brake Fluid Adding/Changing Precautions > Page 2421
2. If the brake fluid reservoir cap is located under cowl top cover, first wipe foreign substances off
the lower surface of the cowl top cover, the brake fluid reservoir and its cap and then open the cap.
3. If brake fluid reservoir is equipped with oil filter, add or change brake fluid with the oil filter
inserted. DO NOT remove the oil filter while filling brake fluid.
> Page 2422
Brake Fluid: Specifications
Brake Fluid ..........................................................................................................................................

.................................. DOT 3, DOT 4 or equivalent
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Coolant: Capacity Specifications
Coolant Capacity .................................................................................................................................

............................................... 8.2 liters (8.66 US qt)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications
Antifreeze Type ...................................................................................................................................

............................... Ratio of anti-freeze in coolant
Ethylene glycol base for aluminum

.........................................................................................................................................................
40% Tropical areas Ethylene glycol base for aluminum
..............................................................................................................................................................
50% Other areas
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Fluid - A/T: Customer Interest A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 10-AT-002 > Feb > 10 > A/T - Specified ATF And Additive Usage
Fluid - A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Specified ATF And Additive Usage
Group AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Number 10-AT-002
Date FEBRUARY, 2010
Model ALL
SUBJECT HYUNDAI SPECIFIED ATF AND ADDITIVE USAGE
DESCRIPTION:
Hyundai approves the use of only the ATF specified in the vehicle's owner's manual. Use of other
ATF may result in improper shift quality or other driveability conditions.
Hyundai does not approve of the use of any aftermarket ATF additives.
The approved ATF and the ATF level checking procedure are summarized below:
HYUNDAI SPECIFIED ATF

NOTE:
SPH-IV and SP-III are not interchangeable.

All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 09-AT-006 > Mar > 09 > A/T - Specified ATF and Additive Usage
Information
Fluid - A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Specified ATF and Additive Usage Information
Number 09-AT-006
Date: MARCH, 2009
Model ALL
Subject HYUNDAI SPECIFIED ATF AND ADDITIVE USAGE
DESCRIPTION:
Hyundai Motor Company approves of the use of only the ATF specified in the vehicle's owner's
manual. Use of other ATF may result in improper shift quality or other driveability issues.
Hyundai Motor Company does not approve of the use of any aftermarket ATF additives.
Hyundai Owner's Manuals state:
"Use only Hyundai Genuine ATF or other brands meeting the specification approved by Hyundai
Motor Company."
The approved ATF and the ATF level checking procedure are shown above.
All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level
Fluid - A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level
Group: TRANSMISSION
Number: 06-40-016
Model: ALL
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID LEVEL
This TSB supersedes TSB # 03-40-019 to add new model information
DESCRIPTION:
The automatic transaxle fluid (ATF) level must be checked during Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI).
Low ATF level may cause the following driveability conditions:
^ Engine "flare" during the 2-3 shift (engine speed increases during the shift) at light throttle when
the ATF is cold
^ Harsh or delayed shift during acceleration from a stop following a rapid deceleration
PROCEDURE:
1. Attach a Hi-Scan Pro or GDS and select "Automatic Transaxle" menu, "Current Data" menu and
"Fluid Temperature".
2. Drive the vehicle until the ATF is at normal operating temperature above 75°C (167°F).
3. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake. Start the engine and move the
shift lever through each gear, then to "Neutral".
4. Check the ATF level on the dipstick. Add Hyundai SPIII until the level is within the "HOT" or
"75C" range.
NOTE:
The 2008 Veracruz requires JWS 3309, Type T-IV ATF. Do not use SPIII.
All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level > Page 2453
NOTE:
The "COLD" range is only used for estimating ATF level. The ATF level can be accurately checked
only if the ATF temperature is at normal operating temperature above 75°C (167°F).
NOTE:
Use only Hyundai SPIII ATF, Diamond SPIII ATF or other brands meeting the SPIII specification
approved by Hyundai Motor Company.
NOTE:
SPIII has a red color when new; however, the ATF may change color to a dark red or brown after
10,000 to 25,000 miles in service. This change is normal for this type of ATF and does not indicate
an internal transaxle condition.
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL:
Refer to the maintenance schedule in the owner's manuals for maintenance requirements.
All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Fluid - A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

All Technical Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' >
Page 2458

Page 2459
^ Vehicle
Page 2460
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:
Page 2461

All Other Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 10-AT-002 > Feb > 10 > A/T - Specified ATF And Additive Usage
Number 10-AT-002
Date FEBRUARY, 2010
Model ALL
DESCRIPTION:

NOTE:

All Other Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 09-AT-006 > Mar > 09 > A/T - Specified ATF and Additive Usage Information
Number 09-AT-006
Date: MARCH, 2009
Model ALL
DESCRIPTION:
Motor Company."
All Other Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level
Group: TRANSMISSION
Number: 06-40-016
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
the ATF is cold
PROCEDURE:
"75C" range.
NOTE:
All Other Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level > Page 2475
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications
ATF Capacity .......................................................................................................................................

......................... 10.9 L (11.52 US qts, 9.59 Imp qts)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications
ATF ......................................................................................................................................................
...................... Diamond ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair >
Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check
Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
INSPECTION
1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70 - 80°C]. 2. Place the
vehicle on a level surface. 3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the
torque converter and the hydraulic system with fluid and move the selector
lever to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position.
4. Before removing the oil level gauge, wipe all contaminants from around the oil level gauge. Then
take out the oil level gauge and check the
condition of the fluid.
NOTE: If the fluid smells as if it is burning, it means that the fluid has been contaminated by fine
particles from the bushes and friction materials, a transaxle overhaul may be necessary.
5. Check that the fluid level is at the hot mark on the oil level gauge. If the fluid level is low, add
automatic transaxle fluid until the level reaches the
HOT mark. Auto transaxle fluid: DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III Quantity: 7.81 (8.2 US qt,
6.9 Imp. qt)
NOTE: Low fluid level can cause a variety of a abnormal conditions because it allows the pump to
take in air along with fluid. Air trapped in the hydraulic system forms bubbles, which are
compressable. Therefore, pressures will be erratic, causing delayed shifting, slipping clutches and
brakes, etc. Improper filling can also raise fluid level too high. When the transaxle has too much
fluid, gears chum up foam and cause the same conditions which occur with low fluid level, resulting
in accelerated deterioration of automatic transaxle fluid. In either case, air bubbles can cause
overheating, and fluid oxidation, which can interfere with normal valve, clutch, and brake operation.
Foaming can also result in fluid escaping from the transaxle vent where it may be mistaken for a
leak.
6. Insert the oil level gauge (A) securely.

NOTE: When new, automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the
assembly plant can identify it as transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze.
The red dye, which is not an indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the
transmission fluid will begin to look darker The color may eventually appear light brown.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check > Page 2481
Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair Transaxle Fluid Replacement
REPLACEMENT
If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using this
procedure.
1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler which is within the
radiator only in 2.4L engine (3.3L-the oil cooler is
separated).
2. Start the engine and let the fluid drain out. Running conditions: N range with engine idling.
CAUTION: The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started. If the fluid has all
drained out before then, the engine should be stopped at that point.
3. Remove the drain plug (A) from the bottom of the transmission case to drain the fluid.
4. Install the drain plug via the gasket, and tighten it to the specified torque.
TORQUE: 40 - 50 Nm (400 - 500 kgf-cm, 29 - 36 ft. lbs.)
5. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
CAUTION: Stop pouring if the full volume of fluid cannot be poured in.
6. Repeat the procedure in step (2).
NOTE: Check the old fluid for contamination. If it has been contaminated, repeat the steps (5) and
(6).
7. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube. 8. Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in
step (1) above and firmly replace the oil level gauge. (In case of this replace, this means after
wiping off any dirt around the oil level gauge, insert it into the filler tube.)
9. Start the engine and run-it at idle for 1-2 minutes.
10. Move the select lever through all positions, and then move it to the N position. 11. Drive the
vehicle until the fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature (70 - 80°C), and then check the
fluid level again. The fluid level must
be at the hot mark.

Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check > Page 2482
12. Firmly insert the oil level gauge (A) into the oil filler tube.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications
Oil Capacity Total ................................................................................................................................

................................................................... 5.7 liters (6.02 US qt)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications
Engine Oil
Type .....................................................................................................................................................
.......... API SJ, SL or Above, ILSAC GF-3 or Above Grade
................................................................................................................. SAE 5W-20, SAE 5W-30
(All Temp. Range), SAE 10W-30 [Above 0°F]
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2488
Engine Oil: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Check engine oil quality.
Check the oil for deterioration, entry of water, discoloring or thinning. If the quality is visibly poor,
replace the oil.
2. Check engine oil level.
After warming up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between
the L and F marks on the dipstick. If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the F mark.
NOTE: Do not fill with engine oil above the F mark.

lubricants which -
Engine Oil: Service and Repair
OIL AND FILTER
CAUTION: -
container.
Imp. quarts)


lubricants which: -
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Power Steering - PSF-4 Fluid Compatibility/Part Number
Power Steering Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Power Steering - PSF-4 Fluid Compatibility/Part
Number
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 07-50-002
Date: FEBRUARY, 2007
Model: ALL
Subject: PSF-4, HYUNDAI GENUINE POWER STEERING FLUID
DESCRIPTION
This bulletin provides the PSF-4, Hyundai Genuine power Steering Fluid, part number and
interchangeability information.
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
PSF-4 Hyundai Genuine 00232-06010
Power Steering Fluid
INTERCHANGEABILITY
^ PSF-4 to PSF-3----> Topping off or adding up to 50% PSF-4 to a PSF-. system is acceptable.
NOTE:
Do not add more then 50% of the total system volume of PSF-4 to PSF-3. The PSF-3 fluid should
be drained and replaced with PSF-4 power steering fluid.
^ PSF-3 to PSF-4----> Not OK (Do not add PSF-3 to a PSF-4 system)

Power Steering Fluid: Specifications
PS Fluid type .......................................................................................................................................

....................................................................... PSF-3
Power Steering Fluid: Testing and Inspection
CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL
1. Position the vehicle on a level surface. 2. Start the engine. With the vehicle kept stationary, turn
the steering wheel several times continuously to raise the fluid temperature to 50 - 60°C
(122 - 140°F).
3. With the engine at idle, turn the steering wheel fully clockwise and counter-clockwise several
times. 4. Make sure that there is no foaming or cloudiness in the reservoir fluid. 5. Stop the engine
and check for any difference in fluid level between a stationary and a running engine.
NOTE: 1. If the fluid level varies 5 mm (0.2 inch) or more, bleed the system again. 2. If the fluid
level suddenly rises after stopping the engine, further bleeding is required. 3. Incomplete bleeding
will produce a chattering sound in the pump and noise in the flow control valve, and lead to
decreased durability of the
pump.
Power Steering Fluid: Service and Repair
REPLACING POWER STEERING FLUID
1. Jack up the front wheels and support them with jack stands. 2. Disconnect the return hose from
the oil reservoir and plug the oil reservoir. 3. Connect a vinyl hose to the disconnected return hose,
and drain the oil into container. 4. Disconnect the high-tension cable at the ignition coil side. While
operating the starter motor intermittently, turn the steering wheel all the way to
the left and then to the right several times to drain the fluid.
5. Connect the return hoses, then fill the oil reservoir with the specified fluid. 6. Start the engine.
Check for oil leakage. 7. Stop the engine. 8. Bleed the system.
Power steering fluid type PSF-3 Total quantity: Approximately 1.0 liter
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications
Capacity R-134a ..................................................................................................................................

.................................................................. 600 ± 25g
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications
A/C refrigerant .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................... R-134a
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical
Specifications
Refrigerant Oil: Electrical Specifications
OIL SPECIFICATION
- The HFC-134a system requires synthetic (PAG) compressor oil whereas the R-12 system
requires mineral compressor oil. The two oils must never be mixed.
- Compressor (PAG) oil varies according to compressor model. Be sure to use oil specified for the
model of compressor.
HANDLING OF OIL
- The oil should be free from moisture, dust, metal powder, etc.
- Do not mix with other oil.
- The water content in the oil increases when exposed to the air. After use, seal oil from air
immediately. (HFC-134a Compressor Oil absorbs moisture very easily.)
- The compressor oil must be stored in steel containers, not in plastic containers.
Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications
Capacity FD46XG (PAG oil) ................................................................................................................

.............................................................. 150 ± 10cc
Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications
Fluid type .............................................................................................................................................

.................................................. FD46XG (PAG oil)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page
2509
Refrigerant Oil: Service and Repair
COMPRESSOR OIL
COMPRESSOR OIL CHECK
The oil used to lubricate the compressor is circulating with the refrigerant. Whenever replacing any
component of the system or a large amount of gas leakage occurs, add oil to maintain the original
amount of oil.
Oil total volume in system: PAG 150cc (5.07 fl.oz)
OIL RETURN OPERATION
There is close affinity between the oil and the refrigerant. During normal operation, part of the oil
recirculates with the refrigerant in the system. When checking the amount of oil in the system, or
replacing any component of the system, the compressor must be run in advance for oil return
operation. The procedure is as follows:
1. Open all the doors and the engine hood. 2. Start the engine and air conditioning switch to "ON"
and set the blower motor control knob at its highest position. 3. Run the compressor for more than
20 minutes between 800 and 1,000 rpm in order to operate the system. 4. Stop the engine.
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENT PARTS
When replacing the system component parts, supply the following amount of oil to the component
parts to be installed.
For compressor replacement, subtract the volume of oil drained from the removed compressor
from the specified volume, and drain the calculated volume of oil from the new compressor:
The specified volume - volume of removed compressor = volume to drain from the new
compressor.
NOTE: Even if no oil is drained from the removed compressor, don't drain more than 50cc from
new compressor.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS System
Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair ABS System
BLEEDING OF BRAKE SYSTEM
This procedure should be followed to ensure adequate bleeding of air and filling of the ABS unit,
brake lines and master cylinder with brake fluid. 1. Remove the reservoir cap and fill the brake
reservoir with brake fluid.
CAUTION: If there is any brake fluid on any painted surface, wash it off immediately.
NOTE: When pressure bleeding, do not depress the brake pedal.
Recommended fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4
2. Connect a clear plastic tube to the wheel cylinder bleeder plug and insert the other end of the
tube into a half filled clear plastic bottle.
3. Connect the hi-scan (pro) to the data link connector located underneath the dash panel. 4.
Select and operate according to the instructions on the hi-scan (Pro) screen.
CAUTION: You must obey the maximum operating time of the ABS motor with the hi-scan (Pro) to
prevent the motor pump from burning.
1) Select Hyundai vehicle diagnosis. 2) Select vehicle name. 3) Select Anti-Lock Brake system. 4)
Select air bleeding mode.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS System >
Page 2514
5) Press YES to operate motor pump and solenoid valve.
6) Wait 60 seconds before operating the air bleeding. (if not, you may damage the motor.)
5. Pump the brake pedal several times, and then loosen the bleeder screw until fluid starts to run
out without bubbles. Then close the bleeder screw.
Sequence
6. Repeat step 5 until there are no more bubbles in the fluid for each wheel. 7. Tighten the bleeder
screw.
Bleed screw tightening torque: 6.86 - 12.74 Nm (70 - 130 kgf-cm, 5.09 - 9.45 ft. lbs.)
Page 2515
Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Brake System Bleeding
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING
NOTE: ^
Do not reuse the drained fluid.
^ Always use Genuine DOT 3 or DOT 4 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Genuine DOT or 4 brake fluid
can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system.
^ Make sure no dirt of other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid.
^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint, if brake fluid does contact the
paint, wash it off immediately with water.
^ The reservoir on the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of
bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake caliper Add fluid as required.
1. Make sure the brake fluid in the reservoir is at the MAX (upper) level line (A). 2. Have someone
slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply pressure. 3. Loosen the right-rear brake
bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely.
4. Repeat the procedure for wheel in the sequence shown until air bubbles no longer appear in the
fluid.
Page 2516
FRONT DISC BRAKE
5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to MAX (upper) level line.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair
Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service.
Observe the instructions described in this manual, or the airbags could accidentally deploy and
cause damage or injury.
- Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF and
disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes before beginning
work.
NOTE: The contents in the SRSCM memory are not erased even if the ignition switch is turned
OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery.
- Use the replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards as the original parts
and quality. Do not install used SRS parts from another vehicle. Use only new parts when making
SRS repairs.
- Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of
having been dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation.
- Before removing any of the SRS parts (including the disconnection of the connectors), always
disconnect the SRS connector.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations
Fuse: Locations

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2524
Page 2525
Page 2526
Page 2527
Page 2528
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions
Fuse: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2531

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuse: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Page 2546
Fuse: Application and ID

Page 2547
Page 2548
Page 2549
Page 2550
Page 2551
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Testing and
Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
Fuse: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
INSPECTION

disconnected.
Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment) > Page 2554
disconnected.

FUSE INSPECTION
Fuse: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Passenger Compartment)
FUSE INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2562

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Diagrams > Page 2577
Fuse Block: Testing and Inspection
FUSE INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fusible Link > Component Information >
Locations
Fusible Link: Locations

Fusible Link: Application and ID

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information >
Locations
Relay Box: Locations

Relay Box: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Relay Box: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Relay Box: Application and ID

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Testing
and Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
Relay Box: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Engine Compartment)
INSPECTION

disconnected.
and Inspection > Relay Box (Engine Compartment) > Page 2617
disconnected.

FUSE INSPECTION
Relay Box: Testing and Inspection Relay Box (Passenger Compartment)
FUSE INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator >
Component Information > Service and Repair
Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair
The OEM does not provide a Maintenance Required Indicator for this model.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service
Precautions
Vehicle Lifting: Service Precautions
A WORD ABOUT SAFETY
The following precautions must be followed when jacking up the vehicle.
1. Block the wheels. 2. Place a jack under the specified jacking point. 3. Support the vehicle with
safety stands (jack stands). 4. Start the engine when engine compartment is clean.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service
Precautions > Page 2629
Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair
Lift and Support Points
WARNING: When heavy rear components such as suspension, fuel tank, spare tire, tailgate and
trunk lid are to be removed, place additional weight in the luggage area before hoisting. When
substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity may change and
can cause the vehicle to tip forward on the hoist.
NOTE:
- Since each tire/wheel assembly weights approximately 30 lbs (14 kg), placing the front wheels in
the luggage area can assist with the weight distribution.
- Use the same support points to support the vehicle on safety stands.
1. Place the lift blocks under the support points as shown in the illustration. 2. Raise the hoist a few
inches (centimeters) and rock the vehicle to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the hoist to full
height and inspect the lift points for secure support.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module >
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
> Tire Rotation
Tires: Testing and Inspection Tire Rotation
TIRE ROTATION
Rotate the tires in the pattern illustrated.

> Tire Rotation > Page 2642
Tires: Testing and Inspection Tire Wear
TIRE WEAR
1. Measure the tread depth of the tires.
Tread depth [limit]: 1.6 mm (0.063 inch)
2. If the remaining tread (A) depth is less than the limit, replace the tire.
NOTE: When the tread depth of the tires is less than 1.6 mm (0.063 inch), the wear indicators (B)
will appear.
> Tire Rotation > Page 2643
Tires: Testing and Inspection Checking For Pull and Wander
CHECKING FOR PULL AND WANDER
If the steering pulls to one side, rotate the tires according to this wheel rotation procedure. 1.
Rotate the front right and front left tires, and perform a road test in order to confirm vehicle stability.
2. If the steering pulls to the opposite side, rotate the front and rear tires, and perform a road test
again.
3. If the steering continues to pull to one side, rotate the front right and left tires again, and perform
a road test.
4. If the steering continues to pull to the opposite side, replace the front wheels with new ones.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cap Replacement
Wheels: Technical Service Bulletins Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cap Replacement
ALUMINUM WHEEL CAP REPLACEMENT
MODEL: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
The aluminum wheel cap acrylic "H" logo may separate when exposed to elevated temperatures. If
this occurs on a vehicle, replace all four wheel caps at the same time.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
Model: SONATA(NF)
Affected vehicle production date range:
Start of production through October 1st, 2005
PARTS REQUIRED:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Drill a hole in the wheel cap large enough to insert a screw driver or pick. A 1/4" drill bit is
recommended.
CAUTION:
Use care not to damage the wheel or hub under the wheel cap.
WARNING:
Wear eye protection when operating a drill.
2. Insert a screwdriver or pick into the hole and carefully pry the wheel cap from the wheel.
CAUTION:
Use care not to scratch the wheel during cap removal.
WARNING:
Bulletins > Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cap Replacement > Page 2648
Acrylic cap could shatter during removal.
3. Push the new wheel cap into the wheel center until fully seated.
4. Replace the remaining wheel caps
OPERATION CODE AND TIME:

Wheels: Technical Service Bulletins Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cleaning And Maintenance
Group: BODY
Number: 09-BD-003
Date: JANUARY, 2009
Model: ALL MODELS
Subject: ALUMINUM WHEEL CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION:
This TSB describes how to clean and maintain the aluminum wheels on Hyundai vehicles. The
following information on wheel care may be given to customers as needed. Hyundai has found that
some vehicles equipped with wheels that have been coated with a vapor chrome finish have
exhibited surface damage from the use of harsh chemicals and improper cleaning procedures.
Though these wheels have the appearance of chrome plating, they have a painted surface similar
to the exterior of the vehicle, therefore, the same care should be used when cleaning and
maintaining.
RECOMMENDED CLEANING PROCEDURE:
1. Wash wheels when they are cool, in a shaded area away from direct sunlight.
2. Wash wheels with a neutral detergent or an alkaline wash soap (car soap) using a soft cleaning
sponge.
3. Rinse the soap off the wheel with water spray, then dry wheels using a 100% cotton terry cloth
towel, chamois or a synthetic fabric designed for automotive detailing.
TO AVOID WHEEL DAMAGE, DO NOT USE THE FOLLOWING:
1. Abrasive soaps, cleaners, household detergents and wheel/tire dressings.
2. Abrasive polishes, chrome polishes, chemicals and acid-based cleaners.
3. Abrasive cleaning brushes and steel wool.
4. Some automatic car washes may also cause damage to the vapor chrome finish.
5. Car wash chemical strength cleaners along, with brush agitation could damage the finish.
NOTE: Wheels that are found to be damaged by incorrect cleaning may be considered to have
been damaged by abuse and will not be covered by the vehicle's warranty.
MODELS: All vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels

Wheels: Technical Service Bulletins Wheels - Lateral and Radial Runout Specifications
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 05-50-006
Date: JULY, 2005
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: LATERAL AND RADIAL WHEEL RUNOUT SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides the updated wheel runout specifications for the 2006 Sonata. Please note
that the specification for the steel wheel, which is only available on models equipped with 4 cylinder
engines has been revised.
2006 SONATA WHEEL RUNOUT SPECIFICATIONS:

Wheels: Testing and Inspection
WHEEL RUNOUT
1. Jack up the vehicle and support it with jack stands. 2. Measure the wheel runout with a dial
indicator as illustrated. 3. Replace the wheel if the wheel runout exceeds the limit.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and
Repair > Front Hub & Knuckle
Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Hub & Knuckle
FRONT HUB/KNUCKLE
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
1. Remove the wheel and tire.
Repair > Front Hub & Knuckle > Page 2657
2. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle.
3. Disconnect the brake hose (A) from the knuckle.
4. Remove the caliper assembly (A) and suspend it with wire.

5. Remove the split pin and driveshaft castle nut from the front hub.
6. Remove the 2 bolts (A) and disconnect the ball joint from the knuckle.
7. Using a plastic hammer, disconnect the driveshaft from the axle hub.
8. Using the special tool (09568-4A000), disconnect the tie rod end from the knuckle.
9. Loosen the upper arm mounting nut but do not remove it.
10. Using the special tool (095684A000), disconnect the upper arm from the knuckle.
11. Remove the front axle and knuckle together. 12. Installation is the reverse of removal.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the brake disc from the hub. 2. Remove the snap ring.
3. Using the special tool (09545-34100), disconnect the hub from the knuckle.
4. Using the special tools (09432-11000, 09545-34100), remove the wheel bearing inner race from
the hub.
5. Using the special tools (09216-21600, 09216-22100), remove the wheel bearing outer race from
the knuckle.
INSPECTION
1. Check the hub for cracks and splines for wear. 2. Check the snap ring for cracks or damage. 3.
Check the knuckle inner surface for scoring and cracks.
REASSEMBLY
1. Apply a thin coat of multi-purpose grease to the knuckle and bearing contact surface. 2. Using
the special tool (09216-21100), press-in the bearing to the knuckle.
NOTE: ^
Do not press against the inner race of the wheel bearing because that can cause damage to the
bearing assembly.
^ Always use a new bearing assembly.
3. Install the snap ring into the groove of the knuckle. 4. Using the special tool (09545-21100),
press the hub on to the knuckle.
NOTE: Do not press against the outer race of the wheel bearing because that can cause damage
to the bearing assembly.
5. Tighten the hub to the knuckle to 200 Nm (20 kgf-cm, 148 ft. lbs.) with the special tool
(09517-21500).
6. Rotate the hub to seat the bearing. 7. Measure the wheel bearing starting torque.
Standard value
Starting torque: 1.8 Nm (0.18 kgf-cm, 16 ft. lbs.) or less
Fix a dial gauge and measure the hub end play. Check that it is within the standard value. Standard
value
Hub end play: 0.008 mm (0.0003 in) or less

Standard value
8. Remove the special tool. 9. Install the disc to the hub.

Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Axle & Hub
REAR HUB/AXLE
COMPONENTS
REMOVAL
1. Release the parking brake. 2. Remove the wheel and tire.
3. Remove the ABS sensor from the carrier. 4. Remove the caliper assembly from the carrier and
suspend it with wire. 5. Remove the brake disc. 6. Remove the rear axle hub mounting bolts (4).
7. Using the special tool (09432-11000), remove the tone wheel.
8. Remove the carrier assembly. 9. After unstaking the flange nut, remove the nut.
10. While supporting the flange area of the bearing outer race, press out the rear axle hub.
11. Using the special tool (09432-11000), remove the bearing inner race from the axle hub.
12. Using the special tools (09453-33000B, 09545-21100), remove the 2 bushings from the carrier.
INSPECTION
1. Check the rear hub bearing for wear or damage. 2. Check the rear tone wheel for chipped teeth.
3. Check the hub inner surface for scoring. 4. Check the carrier for crack.
INSTALLATION
1. Using the special tools (09453-33000B, 09545-21100) press-in the 2 bushings to the carrier.
2. Apply a thin coat of multi-purpose grease to the hub and bearing contact surface. 3. Using the
special tool (09545-21100), press-in the bearing to the hub.
NOTE: Do not press against the outer race of the bearing because that can cause the damage to
the bearing assembly. Always use a new bearing assembly.
4. After tightening the flange nut, stake the nut to meet the concave portion of the spindle.
5. Using the special tool (09221-21000), press-in the tone wheel.
6. Fix the hub and bearing assembly to the brake backing plate so that the rounded area of the
bearing outer race is placed facing upward.
NOTE: If it is difficult to fix, adjust the parking brake adjusting nut in clockwise direction to enlarge
the space between the shoe and lining assembly.
7. Tighten the 4 bolts to the specified torque.
8. Rotate the hub to seat the bearing. 9. Using a spring balance, measure the wheel bearing
starting torque.
Standard value
Starting torque: 1.76 Nm (0.18 kgf-cm 15.6 inch lbs.) or less
Standard value
10. Fix a dial gauge and measure the hub end play. Check that it is within the standard value.
Standard value
Hub end play: 0.008 mm (0.0003 in) or less

Standard value
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Cover > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-50-005 > Mar > 06 > Wheels/Tires - Aluminum Wheel Cap Separation
Wheel Cover: Customer Interest Wheels/Tires - Aluminum Wheel Cap Separation
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 06-50-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: ALUMINUM WHEEL CAP REPLACEMENT
DESCRIPTION:
VEHICLES AFFECTED: Model: SONATA (NF)
Affected vehicle production date range: Start of Production through October 1st, 2005
PART REQUIRED
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-50-005 > Mar > 06 > Wheels/Tires - Aluminum Wheel Cap Separation > Page
2677
1. Drill a hole in the wheel cap large enough to insert a screw driver or pick a 1/4" drill bit is
recommended.
CAUTION:
Use care not to damage wheel or hub under wheel cap.
WARNING:
CAUTION:
WARNING:
4. Replace the remaining wheel caps.

Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-50-005 > Mar > 06 > Wheels/Tires - Aluminum Wheel Cap Separation > Page
2678
OPERATION CODE AND TIME

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheel Cover: > tnt1620406-04 > Apr > 06 > Wheels - Aluminum
Wheel Cap Replacement
Wheel Cover: All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cap Replacement
MODEL: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
Model: SONATA(NF)
PARTS REQUIRED:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
recommended.
CAUTION:
WARNING:
CAUTION:
WARNING:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheel Cover: > tnt1620406-04 > Apr > 06 > Wheels - Aluminum
Wheel Cap Replacement > Page 2684

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheel Cover: > 06-50-005 > Mar > 06 > Wheels/Tires - Aluminum
Wheel Cap Separation
Wheel Cover: All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels/Tires - Aluminum Wheel Cap Separation
Group: CHASSIS
Number: 06-50-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: ALUMINUM WHEEL CAP REPLACEMENT
DESCRIPTION:
VEHICLES AFFECTED: Model: SONATA (NF)
Affected vehicle production date range: Start of Production through October 1st, 2005
PART REQUIRED
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
Wheel Cap Separation > Page 2689
1. Drill a hole in the wheel cap large enough to insert a screw driver or pick a 1/4" drill bit is
recommended.
CAUTION:
Use care not to damage wheel or hub under wheel cap.
WARNING:
CAUTION:
WARNING:
4. Replace the remaining wheel caps.

Wheel Cap Separation > Page 2690
OPERATION CODE AND TIME

Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Wheel Cover: > tnt1620406-04 > Apr > 06 > Wheels - Aluminum Wheel
Cap Replacement
Wheel Cover: All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels - Aluminum Wheel Cap Replacement
MODEL: 2006 SONATA
DESCRIPTION:
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
Model: SONATA(NF)
PARTS REQUIRED:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
recommended.
CAUTION:
WARNING:
CAUTION:
WARNING:
Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Wheel Cover: > tnt1620406-04 > Apr > 06 > Wheels - Aluminum Wheel
Cap Replacement > Page 2696

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information >
Specifications
Axle Nut: Specifications
Drive shaft castle nut

........................................................................................................................................ 200-280 Nm
(20-28 kgf-m, 148-207 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information >
Specifications
Wheel Fastener: Specifications
Wheel Lug Nuts
When using an impact gun, final tightening torque should be checked using a torque wrench.
Tightening order. Check the torque again after tightening the wheel nuts diagonally.
Torque
...................................................................................................................................................... 0 -
110 Nm (9 - 11 kgf-cm, 65.1 - 79.5 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information >
Wheel Fastener: Service and Repair
WHEEL NUT TIGHTENING
1. Tightening torque.
Tightening torque 90 - 110 Nm (9 - 11 kgf-cm, 65.1 - 79.5 ft. lbs.)

CAUTION: When using an impact gun, final tightening torque should be checked using a torque
wrench.
2. Tightening order. Check the torque again after tightening the wheel nuts diagonally.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Drivetrain - Recreational Towing Requirements
Towing Information: Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - Recreational Towing Requirements
Group: GENERAL
Number: 08-GI-003
Date: JULY, 2008
Model: ALL
Subject: RECREATIONAL TOWING REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides requirements for towing 2WD Hyundai vehicles equipped with manual
transaxles with all four wheels on the ground, such as may be done to tow behind a recreational
vehicle.
CAUTION:
The combinations listed in the TABLE MUST NOT be towed behind a recreational vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground.
MANUAL TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED 2WD HYUNDAI VEHICLE TOWING REQUIREMENTS:
NOTE:
Confirm that the "recreational" tow vehicle has the capacity to tow a Hyundai vehicle.
Any Hyundai 2WD vehicle equipped with a manual transaxle may be towed with all four wheels on
the ground behind another vehicle, such as a Recreational Vehicle (RV), as long as the following
conditions are met:
1. Transaxle oil is at the recommended level
2. Transaxle is in correct working order
3. Parking brake is released
4. Gearshift is in NEUTRAL
5. Steering wheel is UNLOCKED with the key in the ignition and in the "ACC" position
6. Front tires are of the same size
7. Front tire pressures are equal and inflated to the recommended pressure
NOTE:
When you leave the key in the "ACC" position, make sure all accessories are turned off to prevent
battery drain.
8. Vehicle is towed from the front with all four wheels on the ground
WARNING:
When towing has been completed, be sure to turn the key off, remove it from the ignition and set
the parking brake. Do not leave the key in the ignition with the vehicle unattended.
Drivetrain - Recreational Towing Requirements > Page 2709
NOTE:
Emergency and disabled vehicle towing procedures are given in detail in the respective model's
owner's manual; however, the following information quickly summarizes the various recommended
towing procedures to be used by Hyundai dealers or by commercial truck towing companies.
Page 2710
Towing Information: Service and Repair
TOWING
If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional towing service. Never tow vehicle with just a
rope or chain. It is very dangerous.
EMERGENCY TOWING
There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle:
Flat - bed Equipment- The operator loads the vehicle on the back of truck. This is the best way of
transporting the vehicle.
Wheel Lift Equipment- The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear)
and lift them oft the ground. The other two wheels remain on the ground.
Sling type Equipment- The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go
around parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of the vehicle off the ground.
The vehicle's suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this method of towing is
attempted.
If the vehicle cannot be transported by flat-bed, it should be towed with the front wheels off the
ground. If due to damage, the vehicle must be tow with the front wheels on the ground, do the
following:
Manual Transmission
- Release the parking brake.
- Shift the transmission to neutral
Automatic Transmission
- Release the parking brake.
- Start the engine.
- Shift to [D] position, then [N] position.
- Turn off the engine.
CAUTION:
Page 2711
- Improper towing preparation will damage the transmission. Follow the above procedure exactly. If
you cannot shift the transmission or start the engine(automatic transmission), your vehicle must be
transported on a flatbed.
- It is the best to tow vehicle no farther than l9mlles (30km), and keep the speed below 30 mph (50
km/h).
- Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not
designed to support the vehicle's weight.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service Precautions
Vehicle Lifting: Service Precautions
A WORD ABOUT SAFETY
The following precautions must be followed when jacking up the vehicle.
1. Block the wheels. 2. Place a jack under the specified jacking point. 3. Support the vehicle with
safety stands (jack stands). 4. Start the engine when engine compartment is clean.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 2715
Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair
Lift and Support Points
WARNING: When heavy rear components such as suspension, fuel tank, spare tire, tailgate and
trunk lid are to be removed, place additional weight in the luggage area before hoisting. When
substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity may change and
can cause the vehicle to tip forward on the hoist.
NOTE:
- Since each tire/wheel assembly weights approximately 30 lbs (14 kg), placing the front wheels in
the luggage area can assist with the weight distribution.
- Use the same support points to support the vehicle on safety stands.
1. Place the lift blocks under the support points as shown in the illustration. 2. Raise the hoist a few
inches (centimeters) and rock the vehicle to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the hoist to full
height and inspect the lift points for secure support.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve Inspection
Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve
Inspection
Group ENGINE
Number 09-EM-002
Date MAY, 2009
Model MULTIPLE MODELS (SEE BELOW)
Subject CVVT OIL CONTROL VALVE INSPECTION
DESCRIPTION:
When diagnosing the Continuously Variable Valve Timing (CVVT) system for rough idling, poor
acceleration, camshaft timing misalignment-related trouble codes, misfire related trouble codes,
and/or other related symptoms, it may be required to inspect the Oil Control Valve (OCV) for proper
operation. Follow the procedure outlined in this bulletin to inspect the OCV. If the OCV operates
normally, then carry out other necessary repairs. Do not replace the OCV if normal operation is
confirmed.
^ Model: Hyundai vehicles equipped with CVVT systems
RELEVANT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTC)

Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve Inspection >
Page 2723
INSPECTION FLOW DIAGRAM
OCV COIL RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION
OCV INSPECTION PROCEDURE:

Page 2724
1. Measure the resistance between the OCV Power and Signal terminals.
2. Check if the OCV operates normally by providing 12V power as shown in the picture above.
IMPORTANT:
Careful attention is necessary to avoid a short circuit when providing the OCV with 12V power.
Spacing between the OCV power and signal terminals is very narrow. Use suitable connections to
prevent shorting of the test power supply.
3. When 12V power is provided to the OCV, the OCV must move forward as shown in the picture
shown above.
A: Maximum retarded valve timing condition (12V not provided)
B: Maximum advanced valve timing condition (12V provided)
NOTE:
Reverse the connection polarity if the movement is opposite.

Page 2725
4. If the OCV does not move forward, examine if a foreign object like an aluminum chip (C) is
jammed inside the OCV.
^ Blow out the foreign object using compressed air, reinstall the OCV and then verify that the fault
is corrected.
^ If there is no damage to the OCV, then do not replace the OCV.
Normal warranty applies, if applicable.

Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2726
Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Locations
Detail
Overview
Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Description and Operation
CVVT OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
DESCRIPTION
Continuously Variable Valve Timing (CVVT system controls valve overlap with forcibly activating
the camshaft and adjusts EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) amount. It decreases exhaust gas
(NOx, HC) and improves fuel economy, idle state, torque in low speed and power in high speed.
This system uses engine oil pressure and consists of the two CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) in
each bank which supplies oil to cam phaser according to PWM (Pulse With Modulator) signal of the

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Testing and Inspection
DESCRIPTION

Specification
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: If the OCVs are installed incorrectly, the vehicle may be damaged. So when installing
them, be careful its connector color (Components and harness side).
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information >
Specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION
................................................................................................................................................. 1,283
......................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ 100 kPa (1.0
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information >
COMPRESSION
damaged.
past the gasket.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft
Bearing > Component Information > Specifications
Camshaft Bearing: Specifications
Camshaft bearing cap bolts .................................................................................................................

9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft
Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications
Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications
CVVT & camshaft sprocket bolts ...................................................................................................

64.68 - 76.44 Nm (6.6 - 7.8 kgf.m, 47.74 - 56.4 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft,
Engine > Component Information > Specifications
Camshaft: Specifications
Camshaft Cam height
LH Camshaft
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................... 46.3 mm Exhaust .....................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... 45.8 mm
RH Camshaft
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................... 46.3 mm Exhaust .....................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... 45.8 mm
Journal outer diameter
LH, RH camshaft
Intake No. 1
........................................................................................................................................................
27.964 - 27.980 mm (1.1009 - 1.1016 inch) No. 2,3,4
.................................................................................................................................................. 23.954
- 23.970 mm (0.9430 - 0.9437 inch) Exhaust No. 1
........................................................................................................................................................
27.964 - 27.980 mm (1.1009 - 1.1016 inch) No. 2,3,4
.................................................................................................................................................. 23.954
- 23.970 mm (0.9430 - 0.9437 inch)
Bearing oil clearance
LH, RH camshaft
Intake No. 1
................................................................................................................................................. 0.020 -
0.057 mm (0.0008 - 0.0022 inch) No. 2,3,4
......................................................................................................................................................
0.030 - 0.067 mm (0.0012 - 0.0026 inch) Exhaust No. 1
............................................................................................................................................................
0.020 - 0.057 mm (0.0008 - 0.0022 inch) No. 2,3,4
......................................................................................................................................................
0.030 - 0.067 mm (0.0012 - 0.0026 inch)
End play ...............................................................................................................................................

................. 0.056 - 0.064 mm (0.0022 - 0.0025 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve Inspection
Inspection
Group ENGINE
Number 09-EM-002
Date MAY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
confirmed.

Page 2749

Page 2750
IMPORTANT:
shown above.
NOTE:

Page 2751
is corrected.

Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

Specification
INSTALLATION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod
Bearing > Component Information > Specifications
Connecting Rod Bearing: Specifications
Connecting Rod Bearings
Standard oil clearance

....................................................................................................................................... 0.030 - 0.048
mm (0.0012 - 0.0019 inch)
DISCRIMINATION OF CONNECTING ROD
CRANKSHAFT PIN MARK LOCATION DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod
Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2761
PLACE OF IDENTIFICATION MARK (CONNECTING ROD BEARING)
DISCRIMINATION OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod,
Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications
Connecting Rod: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications
Number 09-EM-006
Date AUGUST, 2009
Subject GUIDELINES AND TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS OF ENGINE FASTENERS USING THE

TORQUE-ANGLE METHOD
This bulletin is an extension of TSB 02-20-002 to include latest models and guidelines.
DESCRIPTION:
The information outlined in this bulletin provides reuse guidelines and torque specifications for the
cylinder head, connecting rod, and main bearing bolts that must be fastened using the torque-angle
method.
VEHICLES AFFECTED
REQUIRED TOOLS: ^ Torque Wrench (1/4" for small torque and 3/8" for medium torque values)
^ (OPTIONAL) Torque Angle Gauge
NOTE:
Commercially available torque angle gauges such as the Snap-On (P/N TA360) can be used as an
aid to determine the angular values.
SERVICE INFORMATION:
^ Always use fresh engine oil to coat the bolt threads and both sides of the washer of a
torque-angle fastener.
^ Follow the loosening and tightening sequence specified in the applicable Shop Manual for the
cylinder head bolts and the main bearing cap bolts.
Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications >
Page 2766
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS

Page 2767
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLTS
Page 2768
CONNECTING ROD CAP BOLTS

Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2769
Connecting Rod: Specifications
Connecting Rod
Big end inner diameter

.................................................................................................................................. 58.000 - 58.018
mm (2.2834 - 2.2842 inch) Side clearance
.........................................................................................................................................................
0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 inch) Standard end play
........................................................................................................................................................ 0.1
- 0.25 mm (0.004 - 0.010 inch) Allowable bend
.................................................................................................................................... 0.05 mm/100
mm (0.0020 inch/3.94 inch) or less Allowable twist
....................................................................................................................................... 0.1 mm/100
mm (0.0039 inch/3.94 inch) or less
Connecting Rod Bolts
First pass .............................................................................................................................................

......................... 19.6 Nm (2.0 kgf.m, 14.46 ft. lbs.) Final pass ............................................................
............................................................................................................................................. Tighten
90°
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft
Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications
Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications
Crankshaft damper pulley bolt .............................................................................................. 284.2 -

303.8 Nm (29.0 - 31.0 kgf.m, 209.76 - 224.22 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main
Bearing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications
Crankshaft Main Bearing: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque
Specifications
Number 09-EM-006
Date AUGUST, 2009

TORQUE-ANGLE METHOD
DESCRIPTION:
method.
VEHICLES AFFECTED
NOTE:
Bearing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications >
Page 2777
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS

Page 2778
Page 2779

Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Main Bearing Specifications
Crankshaft Main Bearing: Specifications Main Bearing Specifications
Crankshaft Main Bearing
Oil clearance
.....................................................................................................................................................
0.022 - 0.040 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 inch) End play .............................................................................
.................................................................................. 0.10 - 0.28 mm (0.0039 - 0.0110 inch)
Standard end play
................................................................................................................................................. 0.10 -
0.28 mm (0.0039 - 0.0110 inch) Thrust bearing thickness
........................................................................................................................................ 2.41 - 2.45
mm (0.0949 - 0.0964 inch) Main journal diameter
................................................................................................................................... 68.942 - 68.960
mm (2.7142 - 2.7149 inch)
Crankshaft Main Bearing Codes
Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Main Bearing Specifications > Page 2782
Crankshaft Bore Mark Location

DISCRIMINATION OF CYLINDER BLOCK
CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL MARK LOCATION DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
PLACE OF IDENTIFICATION MARK (CRANKSHAFT BEARING)

DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT BEARING
SELECTION
Crankshaft Main Bearing: Specifications Main Bearing Cap Bolts Tightening Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Crankshaft Main Bearing Cap Bolts
Sequence
Torque And Quantity
Always use new main bearing cap bolts.

COMPONENTS
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine >
Crankshaft: Specifications
Crankshaft
Standard end play

................................................................................................................................................. 0.10 -
0.28 mm (0.0039 - 0.0110 inch) Thrust bearing thickness
........................................................................................................................................ 2.41 - 2.45
mm (0.0949 - 0.0964 inch) Main journal diameter
.................................................................................................................................. 68.942 - 68.960
mm (2.7142 - 2.7149 inch) Crank pin diameter
........................................................................................................................................ 54.954 -
54.972 mm (2.1635 - 2.1642 inch) Crankshaft main bearing
Standard oil clearance

................................................................................................................................. 0.022 - 0.040
mm (0.0009 - 0.0016 inch)
Crankshaft Main Bearing Codes


SELECTION
Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT
1. Check the connecting rod end play.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the end play while moving the connecting rod bark and forth.
Standard end play: 0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.004 - 0.010 inch) ^
If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod.
^ If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft.
2. Check the connecting rod bearing oil clearance.
1) Check the matchmarks on the connecting rod and cap are aligned to ensure correct reassembly
2) Remove 2 connecting rod cap bolts. 3) Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. 4)
Clean the crank pin and bearing. 5) Place Plastigage across the crank pin. 6) Reinstall the bearing
half and cap, and torque the bolts.
Tightening torque 19.6 Nm (2.0 kgf.m, 14.46 ft. lbs.) + 90°
NOTE: Do not turn the crankshaft.
7) Remove 2 bolts, connecting rod cap and bearing half.
8) Measure the Plastigage at its widest point.
Standard oil clearance 0.030 - 0.048 mm (0.0012 - 0.0019 inch)
9) If the Plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a
new, complete bearing with the same color
mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the clearance.
CAUTION: Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
CONNECTING ROD MARK LOCATION
10) If the Plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
color listed above or below that one), and
check clearance again.
NOTE: If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over
CAUTION: If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not
scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.

11) Selection
3. Check the crankshaft bearing oil clearance.
1) To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main bearing caps and bearing
halves. 2) Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop tower. 3) Place one strip of
Plastigage across each main journal. 4) Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts.
Tightening torque 49.00 Nm (5.0 kgf.m, 36.16 ft. lbs.) + 90° 19.60 Nm (2.0 kgf.m, 14.46 ft. lbs.)+
120° 29.40 - 31.36 Nm (3.0 - 3.2 kgf.m, 21.70 - 23.14 ft. lbs.)
NOTE: Do not turn the crankshaft.

5) Remove the cap and bearing again, and measure the widest part of the Plastigage.
Standard oil clearance 0.022 - 0.040 mm (0.0009 - 0.0016 inch)
6) If the Plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a
new, complete bearing with the same color
mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the clearance.
CAUTION: Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
7) If the Plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
color listed above or below that one), and
check clearance again.
NOTE: If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
CAUTION: If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust do not
scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
Crankshaft bore mark location Letters have been stamped on the block as a mark for the size of
each of the 5 main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers or bar stamped on the crank (marks for main journal size), to choose
the correct bearings.

SELECTION
4. Check crankshaft end play.
Using a dial indicator, measure the thrust clearance while prying the crankshaft back and forth with
a screwdriver. Standard end play 0.10 - 0.28 mm (0.0039 - 0.0110 inch) If the end play is greater
than maximum, replace the thrust bearings as a set. Thrust bearing thickness 2.41 - 2.45 mm
(0.0949 - 0.0964 inch)
5. Inspect main journals and crank pins
Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of each main journal and crank pin. Main journal
diameter: 68.942 - 68.960 mm (2.7142 - 2.7149 inch) Crank pin diameter: 54.954 - 54.972 mm
(2.1635 - 2.1642 inch)
CONNECTING RODS
1. When reinstalling, make sure that cylinder numbers put on the connecting rod and cap at
disassembly match. When a new connecting rod is
installed, make sure that the notches for holding the bearing in place are on the same side.
2. Replace the connecting rod if it is damaged on the thrust faces at either end. Also if step wear or
a severely rough surface of the inside diameter of
the small end is apparent, the rod must be replaced as well.
3. Using a connecting rod aligning tool, check the rod for bend and twist. If the measured value is
close to the repair limit, correct the rod by a press.
Any connecting rod that has been severely bent or distorted should be replaced. Allowable bend of
connecting rod 0.05 mm/100 mm (0.0020 inch/3.94 inch) or less Allowable twist of connecting rod:
0.1 mm/100 mm (0.0039 inch/3.94 inch) or less
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer -
Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications
Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Specifications

303.8 Nm (29.0 - 31.0 kgf.m, 209.76 - 224.22 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine >
Piston: Specifications
Piston
Outer diameter
................................................................................................................................................... 91.97
- 92.00 mm (3.6209 - 3.6220 inch) Cylinder clearance
................................................................................................................................................. 0.02 -
0.04 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 inch) Ring groove width
No. 1 ring groove

............................................................................................................................................ 1.23 -
1.25 mm (0.0484 - 0.0492 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 1.26 mm (0.0496 inch) No. 2 ring groove
............................................................................................................................................ 1.22 -
1.24 mm (0.0480 - 0.0488 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 1.26 mm (0.0496 inch) Oil ring groove
................................................................................................................................................ 2.01 -
2.03 mm (0.0791 - 0.0799 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 2.05 mm (0.0807 inch)
Piston ring
Side clearance
No. 1 ring
................................................................................................................................................ 0.04 -
0.078 mm (0.0016 - 0.0031 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) No. 2 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.03 -
0.07 mm (0.0012 - 0.0027 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) Oil ring
...................................................................................................................................................... 0.06
- 0.15 mm (0.0024 - 0.0059 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 0.2 mm (0.008 inch)
End gap
No. 1 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.17 -
0.32 mm (0.0067 - 0.0126 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................. 0.6 mm (0.0236 inch) No. 2 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.32 -
0.47 mm (0.0126 - 0.0185 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................. 0.7 mm (0.0275 inch) Oil ring
...................................................................................................................................................... 0.20
- 0.70 mm (0.0078 - 0.0275 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 0.8 mm (0.0315 inch)
Pin
Outer diameter
......................................................................................................................................... 23.001 -
23.006 mm (0.9055 - 0.9057 inch) Hole inner diameter
................................................................................................................................. 23.016 - 23.021
mm (0.9061 - 0.9063 inch) Hole clearance
................................................................................................................................................. 0.01 -
0.02 mm (0.0039 - 0.0078 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine >
Piston Pin: Specifications
Piston Pin Pin outer diameter

............................................................................................................................................. 23.001 -
23.006 mm (0.9055 - 0.9057 inch) Pin hole inner diameter
..................................................................................................................................... 23.016 -
23.021 mm (0.9061 - 0.9063 inch) Pin hole clearance
..................................................................................................................................................... 0.01
- 0.02 mm (0.0039 - 0.0078 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine >
Piston Ring: Specifications
Piston
Ring groove width
No. 1 ring groove

............................................................................................................................................ 1.23 -
1.25 mm (0.0484 - 0.0492 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 1.26 mm (0.0496 inch) No. 2 ring groove
............................................................................................................................................ 1.22 -
1.24 mm (0.0480 - 0.0488 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 1.26 mm (0.0496 inch) Oil ring groove
................................................................................................................................................ 2.01 -
2.03 mm (0.0791 - 0.0799 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 2.05 mm (0.0807 inch)
Piston ring
Side clearance
No. 1 ring
................................................................................................................................................ 0.04 -
0.078 mm (0.0016 - 0.0031 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) No. 2 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.03 -
0.07 mm (0.0012 - 0.0027 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) Oil ring
...................................................................................................................................................... 0.06
- 0.15 mm (0.0024 - 0.0059 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
...................................................................................... 0.2 mm (0.008 inch)
End gap
No. 1 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.17 -
0.32 mm (0.0067 - 0.0126 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................. 0.6 mm (0.0236 inch) No. 2 ring
.................................................................................................................................................. 0.32 -
0.47 mm (0.0126 - 0.0185 inch) Limit ..................................................................................................
.................................................................................. 0.7 mm (0.0275 inch) Oil ring
...................................................................................................................................................... 0.20
- 0.70 mm (0.0078 - 0.0275 inch) Limit ................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 0.8 mm (0.0315 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance >
System Information > Specifications

........................................................................................ (20°C [68°F]) Limit
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
.................. 0.10 - 0.30 mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 inch) Exhaust ...............................................................
................................................................................................... 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.0079 - 0.0157
inch)
Specification
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
................. 0.17 - 0.23 mm (0.0067 - 0.0090 inch) Exhaust ................................................................
.................................................................................................. 0.27 - 0.33 mm (0.0106 - 0.0129
inch)
System Information > Specifications > Page 2816
cover.
clearance.
camshaft.

clearance.
value.

inch) to 3.600 mm (0.1417 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release
> System Information > Service and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Cylinder Head Bolts >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications
Cylinder Head Bolts: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque
Specifications
Number 09-EM-006
Date AUGUST, 2009

TORQUE-ANGLE METHOD
DESCRIPTION:
method.
VEHICLES AFFECTED
NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Torque To Yield Bolt Torque Specifications > Page 2827
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover >
Valve Cover: Specifications
Cylinder head cover bolts

......................................................................................................................... 9.80-11.76 Nm
(1.0-1.2 kgf.m, 7.23-8.68 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories >
Drive Belt > Component Information > Diagrams
Drive Belt: Diagrams
Drive Belt Routing

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories >
Drive Belt > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2837
Drive Belt: Service and Repair
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure >
Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications
Oil pressure ..................................................................................................................... 130 kPa

(1.32 kgf/cm2, 18.77 psi) [at 1000 rpm, 110°C (230°F)]
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications
Oil Capacity Total ................................................................................................................................

................................................................... 5.7 liters (6.02 US qt)
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2846
Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications
Engine Oil
Type .....................................................................................................................................................
.......... API SJ, SL or Above, ILSAC GF-3 or Above Grade
................................................................................................................. SAE 5W-20, SAE 5W-30
(All Temp. Range), SAE 10W-30 [Above 0°F]
Engine Oil: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Check engine oil quality.
Check the oil for deterioration, entry of water, discoloring or thinning. If the quality is visibly poor,
replace the oil.
2. Check engine oil level.
After warming up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between
the L and F marks on the dipstick. If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the F mark.
NOTE: Do not fill with engine oil above the F mark.

lubricants which -
Engine Oil: Service and Repair
OIL AND FILTER
CAUTION: -
container.
Imp. quarts)


lubricants which: -
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine >
Oil Filter: Service and Repair
OIL AND FILTER
CAUTION: -
container.
Imp. quarts)

Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 2853

lubricants which: -
Oil Filter: Tools and Equipment
Hyundai Oil Filter Wrench
AST tool# HY 8815
22mm Hex, 88mm with 15 Flats Applicable to 2006 Hyundai Sonata, Santa Fe and Azerra (V6)
Made of Aluminum Made in the U.S.A.
Oil filter wrench. 2009 suggested user price: 19.74
Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1 800 525 2943

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter Housing >
Oil Filter Housing: Service and Repair
OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
1. Loosen the oil filter cap by turning it counterclockwise to drain well the oil in the oil filter. 2.
Remove surge tank and intake manifold. 3. Disconnect oil pressure switch connector. 4. Drain the
engine coolant. 5. Disconnect water hoses from ETC. 6. Remove water temperature control
assembly. 7. Disconnect water vent hose (A).
8. Remove oil filter body cover (B).
9. Remove oil filter body. (A).
NOTE: Be careful of the knock sensor connector.
INSTALLATION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter Housing >
1. Install oil filter body (A) and new O-rings.
NOTE: -
All rubber gasket must be no damaged by assembling parts.
- Be careful of the knock sensor connector.
- Always use a new O-ring.
2. Install oil filter body cover (A) and new gasket on the oil filter body.
3. Connect water vent hose (B)
4. Install water temperature control assembly. 5. Connect water hoses on the ETC. 6. Connect oil
pressure switch connector. 7. Install intake manifold and surge tank. 8. Fill with engine coolant. 9.
Start engine and check for leaks.
10. Recheck engine coolant level.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component
Oil Pan: Specifications
Installation Sequence
Upper oil pan bolts ........................................................................................................ 9.80-11.76

Nm (1.0-1.2 kgf.m, 7.23-8.68 ft. lbs.) in several passes
Lower oil pan bolts

................................................................................................................................... 9.80-11.76 Nm
(1.0-1.2 kgf.m, 7.23-8.68 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender >
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning
Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Disconnect the connector (A) from the warning switch and ground the terminal on the wire
harness side connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check that the warning lamp lights up. If the warning lamp doesn't
light, test the bulb or inspect the wire harness.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Engine Oil
Pressure > Component Information > Specifications
Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications
Oil pressure ..................................................................................................................... 130 kPa

(1.32 kgf/cm2, 18.77 psi) [at 1000 rpm, 110°C (230°F)]
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 2898
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil
Temperature Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil
Temperature Sensor/Switch: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 2904
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2905
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information >
Specifications
Intake Manifold: Specifications
Intake Manifold
Nuts & Bolts ............................................................................................................................. 18.62 -

23.52 Nm (1.9 - 2.4 kgf.m, 13.73 - 17.36 ft. lbs.)
Intake Manifold: Service and Repair
INTAKE MANIFOLD
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect AFS (A) and breather hose (B).

2. Remove air cleaner upper cover (D) and intake hose (c).
3. Disconnect RH oxygen sensor connector (A).
4. Disconnect RH injector connector (A) and ignition coil connector (B).
5. Disconnect ETC connector (A) and knock sensor connector (B).

6. Disconnect PCSV connector (A), MAP sensor connector (B) and PCSV hose. 7. Remove ETC
bracket (A). 8. Disconnect water hoses (B) from ETC.
9. Disconnect PCV (c) hose.
10. Disconnect brake vacuum hose.
11. Remove surge tank bracket (A).

12. Remove connector bracket (A) from surge tank.
13. Remove surge tank (A).
14. Disconnect breather hose (A). 15. Disconnect LH injector connector.
16. Remove delivery pipe (A).

17. Remove intake manifold (A) and gasket.
INSTALLATION
1. Install intake manifold and new gasket on the cylinder head.
NOTE: Be careful of the installation direction.
2. Install delivery pipe. 3. Connect LH injector connector. 4. Connect breather hose.
5. Install surge tank.
6. Install connector bracket on the surge tank.
7. Install surge tank bracket.
8. Connect PCV hose. 9. Install ETC bracket.
10. Install air cleaner assembly. 11. Install engine cover.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure
Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Disconnect the connector (A) from the warning switch and ground the terminal on the wire
harness side connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check that the warning lamp lights up. If the warning lamp doesn't
light, test the bulb or inspect the wire harness.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure
Sender > Component Information > Locations
Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2924

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2939
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Temperature
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09
> Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09
> Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 2948
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: >
Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: >
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Oil
Temperature Sensor/Switch: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-016
Date AUGUST, 2009


P0720, P0721 & P0722
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
conditions:

Temperature Sensor/Switch: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement >
Page 2960
PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
Page 2961
Page 2967
PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
Page 2968
Sensor/Switch, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2969
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket >
Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications
CVVT & camshaft sprocket bolts ...................................................................................................

64.68 - 76.44 Nm (6.6 - 7.8 kgf.m, 47.74 - 56.4 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket >
Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications

303.8 Nm (29.0 - 31.0 kgf.m, 209.76 - 224.22 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner Service Proc.
Timing Chain: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner Service Proc.
Number 10-EM-006
Date DECEMBER, 2010
Model 2006-2010 3.3L SONATA 2006-AZERA 2007-2009 3.3L SANTA FE 2007-2008

ENTOURAGE 2007-VERACRUZ
Subject 3.3L & 3.8L TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER - REVISED SERVICE PROCEDURE AND
UPDATED WARRANTY INFORMATION
This TSB supersedes TSB# 08-EM-001-1 to include a revised service procedure and updated
warranty claim submission information.
DESCRIPTION:
For the applicable vehicles equipped with 3.3L and 3.8L V6 engines listed below, this bulletin
outlines the revised service procedure to improve serviceability for the removal and replacement of
both LH/RH timing chain tensioners. The new procedure does not require that the engine be
removed from the vehicle. Accordingly, the updated warranty information has been included.
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: ^ 2006-2010MY Sonata 3.3L
^ 2006MY and later Azera
^ 2007-2009MY Santa Fe 3.3L
^ 2007-2008MY Entourage
^ 2007MY and later Veracruz 3.8L
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:
A customer description of start-up engine sound must be documented on the repair order for any
warranty diagnosis and repair. Certain mechanical sounds occurring briefly during initial engine
start-up may be due to prolonged engine shutdown or long-term storage, and may be considered
normal.
Prior to engine disassembly, the customer description and severity of the condition must be
confirmed:
^ Inspect the engine oil level, oil quality, and oil filter service duration.
^ Start the engine and once the engine has reached full operating temperature, turn the engine off
for 10 minutes.
^ After 10 minutes of engine shutdown, restart the engine.

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner Service Proc. > Page 2981
^ Listen for any chain type noise that may occur briefly for several seconds immediately upon
engine start-up.
NOTE:
If any start-up noise is observed, then restart engine after 10 minutes and listen to the specific area
shown below with an electronic stethoscope (or equivalent). Repeat this several more times to
confirm the source point of the brief engine start-up sound before continuing on to the service
procedure.
NOTE:
If there are no brief engine start-up sounds after repeated 10 minute shutdown attempts, then do
not perform the Service Procedure described in this TSB. The engine is operating normally. Submit
a Warranty claim for actual time/straight time for inspection only.
1. Record radio station presets and then disconnect the battery ground cable.
2. Remove both front wheels. (Chalk "L" or "R" on corresponding wheel as reference.)
3. Remove the engine side cover at the right front wheel well.
4. Remove lower engine cover(s).
5. Drain engine oil and remove the fastening bolts from the lower oil pan assembly.
6. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator.

7. Drain, disconnect, and remove the hose connection between the power steering reservoir and
the power steering pump (as shown above).
8. Remove the upper engine cover.
9. Disconnect the intake hose from the throttle body and disconnect the connector to the Mass
Airflow Sensor (MAF).
10. Remove the entire intake hose, MAF, and the upper air cleaner housing in one piece. Place on
a clean and safe area of workbench.
11. Disconnect PCM connectors and remove lower air cleaner housing from vehicle.
12. Disconnect the related connectors and remove the intake surge tank (upper plenum) with the
throttle body.
13. Block the intake ports by placing a protective cover (such as a long strip of duct tape) over the
open ports of the lower intake plenum.
14. Disconnect all related connectors, and remove the ignition coil assemblies.
15. Remove the LH and RH valve cover assemblies.

16. Sonata and Azera ONLY:
Support the transmission case with floor jack underneath and remove 4 bolts from the LH upper
mounting bracket of the automatic transmission (as shown above).
NOTE:
To prevent possible damage, use wooden blocks or equivalent between the floor jack lift cup and
the transmission.
17. Sonata and Azera ONLY: Remove the upper radiator hose and then pivot the LH (driver's) side
of the engine down by lowering the floor jack slowly.
18. Sonata, Azera, and Entourage ONLY: Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
19. All models (except Entourage): Disconnect the ground strap from the RH (passenger side) strut
tower.
20. Support the RH of the engine slightly with floor jack underneath the lower oil pan assembly.
NOTE:
the lower oil pan assembly.
21. Remove the RH upper engine mount and bracket of the engine.
22. Attach engine support fixture SST (or equivalent) to a hoisting point at the top of the engine to
support the weight of the engine.
23. Sonata and Azera ONLY: Lift the engine until the RH upper mounting deck of engine is level
with the corner of the RH strut tower.
24. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts a few turns each.
25. Remove the serpentine belt tensioner and serpentine belt.
26. Remove the crank pulley and idler pulley.
27. Remove water pump pulley and the water pump.
28. Remove all bolts from the timing chain cover.
29. Release hose clamp to disconnect the center galley coolant hose (as shown above).
30. Carefully remove the timing chain cover.
NOTE:
When prying loose sealed parts, do not allow the prying tool to scrape or bend the flat sealing
surfaces. Pry at designated external pry points or use suitable tool specified in Shop Manual.
31. Remove the front main oil seal from the timing chain cover.
32. Remove the lower oil pan.

33. Clean off old liquid gasket and residue from:
^ front of cylinder heads
^ front part of the engine block
^ timing chain cover
^ front and bottom portions of the lower crankcase assembly
^ lower oil pan assembly
NOTE:
Carefully use flat scraper or fine wire brush to remove residue without damaging the flat surface.
34. Install new rubber 0-ring and gaskets to the front and back sealing recesses of the timing chain
cover (as shown above).
35. Remove and replace both timing chain tensioners.
NOTE:
Once the chain position and guides are secure, remove the pull pin from the new tensioners.
36. Thoroughly wipe clean and dry all the sealing surfaces using a lint-free shop towel.
37. Apply thin bead of liquid gasket to the timing chain cover sealing surfaces of the block, cylinder
head, lower crankcase, and timing chain cover (as shown above).
NOTE:
Use Genuine Hyundai Gray RTV (P/N 00232-19039) or equivalent. Once the liquid gasket is
applied to the sealing surfaces, be sure to assemble the parts within 5 minutes to prevent
premature drying of the liquid gasket.
38. Carefully locate the timing chain cover into position and then attach to the engine.
39. Reinstall the center galley coolant hose and hose clamp.
40. Tighten all timing chain cover fasteners to specifications.
41. Apply a thin bead of liquid gasket and reinstall lower oil pan assembly.
42. Install new front main oil seal (as shown above).
NOTE:
Always refer to the applicable Shop Manual for published specifications.
43. Reinstall all the removed components in reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
When reattaching the LH upper mounting bracket to the transmission case hand-tighten all 4 bolts
to snug and then final torque to specification.
NOTE:
Before reinstalling both valve covers, remove any old liquid gasket residue at the top surfaces
between the timing cover and the cylinder heads. Reapply liquid gasket to fill the seam points on
the top surface between the timing cover and the cylinder head as shown (there are 2 seam points
for each cylinder bank).
^ Bead width: 0.1 in (2.5mm)

^ Install the valve covers within 5 minutes after applying the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
Use a suitable tool to properly allow the cooling system to eliminate the remaining air while the
engine is idling.
NOTE:
Reset clock, radio presets, and (if equipped) FATC setting to display °F instead of °C for
temperature.
44. Verify repair.
PARTS INFORMATION
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2990
Timing Chain: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
SPROCKETS, CHAIN TENSIONER, CHAIN GUIDE, CHAIN TENSIONER ARM
1. Check the camshaft sprocket and crankshaft sprocket for abnormal wear, cracks, or damage.
Replace as necessary. 2. Inspect the tensioner arm and chain guide for abnormal wear, cracks, or
damage. Replace as necessary 3. Check that the tensioner piston moves smoothly when the
ratchet pawl is released with thin rod.
BELT, IDLER, BELT TENSIONER, PULLEY
1. Check the belt for oil or dust deposits. Replace, if necessary.
Small deposits should be wiped away with a dry cloth or paper. Do not clean with solvent.
2. When the engine is overhauled or belt tension adjusted, check the belt carefully. If any of these
flaws are evident, replace the belt.
NOTE: -
Do not bend, twist or turn the timing belt inside out.
- Do not allow the timing belt to come into contact with oil, water and steam.
3. Inspect the idler for easy and smooth rotation and check for play or noise.
Information > Service and Repair > With Engine In Vehicle
Timing Chain: Service and Repair With Engine In Vehicle
"The content of this article/image reflects the changes identified in TSB - 08-EM-001-1."
DESCRIPTION:
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: -
2006MY and later Sonata 3.3L
- 2006MY and later Azera
- 2007MY and later Santa Fe 3.3L
- 2007MY and later Entourage
- 2007MY and later Veracruz 3.8L
SERVICE PROCEDURE: Refer to Timing Chain Tensioner.
See: Timing Chain Tensioner/Service and Repair/With Engine In Vehicle

Information > Service and Repair > With Engine In Vehicle > Page 2993
Timing Chain: Service and Repair With Engine Removed
TIMING SYSTEM
COMPONENT
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
Engine removal is required for this procedure.
1. Remove the drive belt (A).
2. Remove the power steering pump (A).
3. Remove the air compressor (A).
4. Remove the alternator (A).

5. Remove drive belt idler (A).
6. Remove drive belt auto tensioner (A).
7. Remove water pump pulley (A). 8. Remove intake manifold.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove cylinder head cover.
a. Remove connector bracket (A) from LH cylinder head cover.
b. Disconnect RH ignition coil connector (A), condenser connector (B) and remove wiring bracket
(C)
c. Remove LH, RH ignition coil. d. Remove LH, RH cylinder head cover (A).

cover.
NOTE: Do not rotate engine counterclockwise.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution (360°).
3. Remove the lower oil pan (A).
Insert the blade of SST (09215-3C000) between the upper oil pan and lower oil pan, and cut off
applied sealer and removed lower oil pan.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of Upper oil pan and lower oil pan.
4. Remove the crankshaft damper pulley (A).

5. Remove the timing chain cover (A).
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of cylinder block, cylinder head and timing
chain cover
6. Install a set pin after compressing the timing chain tensioner.
7. Remove RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
8. Remove RH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
9. Remove RH timing chain guide (A).
10. Remove oil pump chain cover (A).
11. Remove oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
12. Remove oil pump chain guide (A). 13. Remove RH timing chain.
14. Remove oil pump chain sprocket (A) and oil pump chain (B).
15. Remove crankshaft sprocket (A) O/P RH camshaft drive).
16. Remove LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
17. Remove LH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and LH timing chain tensioner arm (B). 18. Remove
LH timing chain.
19. Remove LH timing chain guide (A).
20. Remove crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).
21. Remove tensioner adapter assembly (A).
INSPECTION
NOTE: -
REASSEMBLY
1. The key (A) of crankshaft should be aligned with the timing mark (B) of timing chain cover. As a
result of this, the piston of No. 1 cylinder is
placed at the top dead center on compression stroke.
2. Install tensioner adapter assembly (A).
3. Install crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).

4. Install LH timing chain guide (A).
LH Timing Chain
5. Install LH timing chain.
To install the timing chain with no slack between each shaft (cam, crank), follow this procedure.
Crankshaft sprocket (A) -> Timing chain guide (B) ->Exhaust camshaft sprocket (c) -> Intake
camshaft sprocket (D). The timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark
(color link) of timing chain at installing timing chain.
6. Install LH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
7. Install chain tensioner (A).
8. Install LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
9. Install crankshaft sprocket (A) (O/P RH camshaft drive).
10. Install oil pump chain (B) and oil pump sprocket (A).
11. Install RH timing chain.
Crankshaft sprocket (A) -> Intake camshaft sprocket (B) -> Exhaust camshaft sprocket (C). The
timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain at
installing timing chain.
RH Timing Chain
12. Install RH timing chain guide (A).
13. Install RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).

14. Install RH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and pull out the pins of hydraulic tensioners (LH &
RH)
15. Install RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
Tightening torque 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1 .0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
16. Install oil pump chain guide (A).
17. Install oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
18. Install oil pump chain cover (A).
19. After rotating crankshaft 2 revolutions in regular direction (clockwise viewed from front), confirm
the timing mark.
NOTE: Always turn the crankshaft clockwise.
20. Install timing chain cover.
a. The sealant locations on chain cover and on counter parts (cylinder head, cylinder block, and
lower oil pan) must be free of engine oil and
ETC.
b. Before assembling the timing chain cover, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on the
gap between cylinder head and cylinder block
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied. Bead width: 2.5 mm (0.1
inch)
c. After applying liquid sealant TB1217H on timing chain cover.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied. Sealant should be applied
without discontinuity. Bead width: 2.5 mm (0.1 inch)
Bolt ID (Quantity) And Torques
d. The dowel pins on the cylinder block and holes on the timing chain cover should be used as a
reference in order to assemble the timing chain
cover to be in exact position. Tightening torque B (17): 18.62 - 21.56 Nm (0.9 - 2.2 kgf.m, 13.74 -
15.91 ft. lbs.) C (4): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) D (1): 58.80 - 68.80 Nm
(6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.) E (1): 58.80 - 68.80 Nm (6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.)
F (2): 24.50 - 26.46 Nm (2.5 - 2.7 kgf.m, 18.08 - 19.53 ft. lbs.) G (4): 21.56 - 23.52 Nm (2.2 - 2.4
kgf.m, 15.91 - 17.36 ft. lbs.) H (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
I (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) J (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m,
7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
e. The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the timing chain
cover was assembled.
21. Using SST (09231-3C100), install timing chain cover oil seal.
22. Install lower oil pan.
a. Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces. b. Before
assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on oil pan.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after the sealant was applied. Bead width: 2.5 mm
(0.1 inch). But marked area (*) to be 5.0 mm (0.2 inch)
CAUTION: -
Make clean the seating face before assembling two parts.
- Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant.
- When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protruded into the inside of oil pan.
- To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket on the inner threads of the bolt holes.
c. Install oil pan (A).
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes. Tightening torque 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m,
7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
23. Using SST (09231-3C300) install crankshaft damper pulley (A).
24. Install cylinder head cover.
a. The hardening sealant located on the upper area between timing chain cover and cylinder head
should be removed before assembling cylinder
head cover.
b. After applying sealant (TB1217H), it should be assembled within 5 minutes.
Bead width 2.5 mm (0.1 inch)
c. The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the cylinder head
d. Install the cylinder head cover bolts as following method.
CAUTION: Do not reuse cylinder head cover gasket.
e. Install ignition coil.
f. Connect RH ignition coil connector (A), condenser connector (B) and install wiring bracket (C).
g. Install connector bracket (A) from LH cylinder head cover.
INSTALLATION
1. Install intake manifold.
2. Install water pump pulley (A).
3. Install drive belt auto tensioner (A).
Tightening torque 96.04 - 99.96 Nm (9.8 - 10.2 kgf.m, 70.85 - 73.74 ft. lbs.) 17.64 - 21.56 Nm (1.8 -
2.2 kgf.m, 13.02 - 15.91 ft. lbs.)
4. Install drive belt idler (A).
5. Install alternator 6. Install air compressor 7. Install power steering pump.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain Tensioner >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner Service Proc.
Timing Chain Tensioner: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner
Service Proc.
Number 10-EM-006
Date DECEMBER, 2010
Model 2006-2010 3.3L SONATA 2006-AZERA 2007-2009 3.3L SANTA FE 2007-2008

ENTOURAGE 2007-VERACRUZ
Subject 3.3L & 3.8L TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER - REVISED SERVICE PROCEDURE AND
UPDATED WARRANTY INFORMATION
This TSB supersedes TSB# 08-EM-001-1 to include a revised service procedure and updated
warranty claim submission information.
DESCRIPTION:
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: ^ 2006-2010MY Sonata 3.3L
^ 2006MY and later Azera
^ 2007-2009MY Santa Fe 3.3L
^ 2007-2008MY Entourage
^ 2007MY and later Veracruz 3.8L
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:
A customer description of start-up engine sound must be documented on the repair order for any
warranty diagnosis and repair. Certain mechanical sounds occurring briefly during initial engine
start-up may be due to prolonged engine shutdown or long-term storage, and may be considered
normal.
Prior to engine disassembly, the customer description and severity of the condition must be
confirmed:
^ Inspect the engine oil level, oil quality, and oil filter service duration.
^ Start the engine and once the engine has reached full operating temperature, turn the engine off
for 10 minutes.
^ After 10 minutes of engine shutdown, restart the engine.

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Revised Timing Chain Tensioner Service Proc. > Page
3019
^ Listen for any chain type noise that may occur briefly for several seconds immediately upon
engine start-up.
NOTE:
If any start-up noise is observed, then restart engine after 10 minutes and listen to the specific area
shown below with an electronic stethoscope (or equivalent). Repeat this several more times to
confirm the source point of the brief engine start-up sound before continuing on to the service
procedure.
NOTE:
If there are no brief engine start-up sounds after repeated 10 minute shutdown attempts, then do
not perform the Service Procedure described in this TSB. The engine is operating normally. Submit
a Warranty claim for actual time/straight time for inspection only.
1. Record radio station presets and then disconnect the battery ground cable.
2. Remove both front wheels. (Chalk "L" or "R" on corresponding wheel as reference.)
3. Remove the engine side cover at the right front wheel well.
4. Remove lower engine cover(s).
5. Drain engine oil and remove the fastening bolts from the lower oil pan assembly.
6. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator.

3020
7. Drain, disconnect, and remove the hose connection between the power steering reservoir and
the power steering pump (as shown above).
8. Remove the upper engine cover.
9. Disconnect the intake hose from the throttle body and disconnect the connector to the Mass
Airflow Sensor (MAF).
a clean and safe area of workbench.
11. Disconnect PCM connectors and remove lower air cleaner housing from vehicle.
12. Disconnect the related connectors and remove the intake surge tank (upper plenum) with the
throttle body.
13. Block the intake ports by placing a protective cover (such as a long strip of duct tape) over the
open ports of the lower intake plenum.
14. Disconnect all related connectors, and remove the ignition coil assemblies.
15. Remove the LH and RH valve cover assemblies.

3021
16. Sonata and Azera ONLY:
Support the transmission case with floor jack underneath and remove 4 bolts from the LH upper
mounting bracket of the automatic transmission (as shown above).
NOTE:
the transmission.
of the engine down by lowering the floor jack slowly.
18. Sonata, Azera, and Entourage ONLY: Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
19. All models (except Entourage): Disconnect the ground strap from the RH (passenger side) strut
tower.
20. Support the RH of the engine slightly with floor jack underneath the lower oil pan assembly.
NOTE:
the lower oil pan assembly.
3022
3023
25. Remove the serpentine belt tensioner and serpentine belt.
26. Remove the crank pulley and idler pulley.
27. Remove water pump pulley and the water pump.
28. Remove all bolts from the timing chain cover.
29. Release hose clamp to disconnect the center galley coolant hose (as shown above).
30. Carefully remove the timing chain cover.
NOTE:
When prying loose sealed parts, do not allow the prying tool to scrape or bend the flat sealing
surfaces. Pry at designated external pry points or use suitable tool specified in Shop Manual.
31. Remove the front main oil seal from the timing chain cover.
32. Remove the lower oil pan.
33. Clean off old liquid gasket and residue from:
^ front of cylinder heads
^ front part of the engine block
^ timing chain cover
^ front and bottom portions of the lower crankcase assembly
^ lower oil pan assembly
NOTE:
Carefully use flat scraper or fine wire brush to remove residue without damaging the flat surface.
3024
34. Install new rubber 0-ring and gaskets to the front and back sealing recesses of the timing chain
cover (as shown above).
NOTE:
Once the chain position and guides are secure, remove the pull pin from the new tensioners.
36. Thoroughly wipe clean and dry all the sealing surfaces using a lint-free shop towel.
37. Apply thin bead of liquid gasket to the timing chain cover sealing surfaces of the block, cylinder
head, lower crankcase, and timing chain cover (as shown above).
NOTE:
Use Genuine Hyundai Gray RTV (P/N 00232-19039) or equivalent. Once the liquid gasket is
applied to the sealing surfaces, be sure to assemble the parts within 5 minutes to prevent
premature drying of the liquid gasket.
38. Carefully locate the timing chain cover into position and then attach to the engine.
39. Reinstall the center galley coolant hose and hose clamp.
3025
40. Tighten all timing chain cover fasteners to specifications.
41. Apply a thin bead of liquid gasket and reinstall lower oil pan assembly.
42. Install new front main oil seal (as shown above).
NOTE:
Always refer to the applicable Shop Manual for published specifications.
NOTE:
When reattaching the LH upper mounting bracket to the transmission case hand-tighten all 4 bolts
to snug and then final torque to specification.
NOTE:
Before reinstalling both valve covers, remove any old liquid gasket residue at the top surfaces
between the timing cover and the cylinder heads. Reapply liquid gasket to fill the seam points on
the top surface between the timing cover and the cylinder head as shown (there are 2 seam points
for each cylinder bank).
^ Bead width: 0.1 in (2.5mm)

3026
^ Install the valve covers within 5 minutes after applying the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
Use a suitable tool to properly allow the cooling system to eliminate the remaining air while the
engine is idling.
NOTE:
Reset clock, radio presets, and (if equipped) FATC setting to display °F instead of °C for
temperature.
44. Verify repair.
PARTS INFORMATION
3027
Component Information > Service and Repair > With Engine In Vehicle
Timing Chain Tensioner: Service and Repair With Engine In Vehicle
"The content of this article/image reflects the changes identified in TSB - 10-EM-006."
DESCRIPTION:
APPLICABLE VEHICLES: -
2006-2010MY Sonata 3.3L
- 2006MY and later Azera
- 2009MY Santa Fe 3.3L
- 2007-2008MY later Entourage
- 2007MY and later Veracruz 3.8L
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:
A customer complaint and statement related to start-up engine sound must be documented on the
repair order for any warranty diagnosis and repair. Certain mechanical sounds occurring briefly
during initial engine start-up may be due to prolonged engine shutdown or long-term storage, and
may be considered normal.
Prior to engine disassembly, the customer complaint and severity of condition must be confirmed:
- Inspect the engine oil level, oil quality, and oil filter service duration.
- Start the engine and once the engine has reached full operating temperature, turn the engine off
for 10 minutes.
- After 10 minutes of engine shutdown, restart the engine.
- Listen for any chain type noise that may occur briefly for several seconds immediately upon
engine start-up.
NOTE: If any start-up noise is observed, then restart engine after 10 minutes and listen to the
specific area shown below with an electronic
stethoscope (or equivalent). Repeat this several more times to confirm the source point of the brief
engine start-up sound before continuing on to the service procedure.
NOTE: If there are no brief engine start-up sounds after repeated 10 minute shutdown attempts,
then do not perform the Service Procedure of this
TSB. The engine is operating normally.
1. Record radio station presets and then disconnect the battery ground cable. 2. Remove both front
wheels. (Chalk L or R on corresponding wheel as reference.) 3. Remove the engine side cover at
the right front wheel well. 4. Remove lower engine cover(s). 5. Drain engine oil and remove the
fastening bolts from the lower oil pan assembly. 6. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator. 7.
Drain, disconnect, and remove the hose connection between the power steering reservoir and the
power steering pump.
Component Information > Service and Repair > With Engine In Vehicle > Page 3030
8. Remove the upper engine cover. 9. Disconnect the intake hose from the throttle body and
disconnect the connector to the Mass Airflow Sensor (MAF).
a clean and safe area of workbench. 11. Disconnect PCM connectors and remove lower air cleaner
housing from vehicle. 12. Disconnect the related connectors and remove the intake surge tank
(upper plenum) with the throttle body. 13. Block the intake ports by placing a protective cover (such
as a long strip of duct tape) over the open ports of the lower intake plenum. 14. Disconnect all
related connectors, and remove the ignition coil assemblies. 15. Remove the LH and RH valve
cover assemblies. 16. Sonata and Azera ONLY: Support the transmission case with floor jack
underneath and remove 4 bolts from the LH upper mounting bracket of
the automatic transmission.
NOTE: To prevent possible damage, use wooden blocks or equivalent between the floor jack lift
cup and the transmission.
of the engine down by lowering the floor jack
slowly.
18. Sonata, Azera, and Entourage ONLY: Remove the engine coolant reservoir. 19. All models
(except Entourage): Disconnect the ground strap from the RH (passenger side) strut tower. 20.
Support the RH of the engine slightly with floor jack underneath the lower oil pan assembly.
NOTE: To prevent possible damage, use wooden blocks or equivalent between the floor jack lift
cup and the lower oil pan assembly.
25. Remove the serpentine belt tensioner and serpentine belt. 26. Remove the crank pulley and
idler pulley. 27. Remove water pump pulley and the water pump. 28. Remove all bolts from the
timing chain cover. 29. Release hose clamp to disconnect the center galley coolant hose.
30. Carefully, remove the timing chain cover.
NOTE: When prying loose sealed parts, do not allow the prying tool to scrape or bend the flat
sealing surfaces. Pry at designated external pry points
or use suitable tool specified in Shop Manual.
31. Remove the front main oil seal from the timing chain cover. 32. Remove the lower oil pan. 33.
Clean off old liquid gasket and residue from:
- front of cylinder heads
- front part of the engine block
- timing chain cover
- front and bottom portions of the lower crankcase assembly
- lower oil pan assembly.
NOTE: Carefully use flat scraper or fine wire brush to remove residue without damaging the flat
surface.
34. Install new rubber o-ring and gaskets to the front and back sealing recesses of the timing chain
cover.
NOTE: Once the chain position and guides are secure, remove the pull pin from the new
tensioners.
36. Thoroughly wipe clean and dry all the sealing surfaces using a lint-free shop towel. 37. Apply
thin bead of liquid gasket to the timing chain cover sealing surfaces of the block, cylinder head,
lower crankcase, and also the timing chain
cover.
NOTE: Once the liquid gasket is applied to the sealing surfaces, be sure to assemble the parts
within 5 minutes to prevent premature drying of the
liquid gasket.
38. Carefully locate the timing chain cover into position and then attach to the engine. 39. Reinstall
the center galley coolant hose and hose clamp. 40. Tighten all timing chain cover fasteners to
specifications. 41. Apply thin bead of liquid gasket and reinstall lower oil pan assembly. 42. Install
new front main oil seal.
NOTE: When reattaching the LH upper mounting bracket to the transmission case, hand-tighten all
4 bolts to snug and then final torque to
specification.
NOTE: Before reinstalling both valve covers, remove any old liquid gasket residue at the top
surfaces between the timing cover and the cylinder
heads. Reapply liquid gasket to fill the seam points on the top surface between the timing cover
and the cylinder head as shown (there are 2 seam points for each cylinder bank).
- Bead width: 0.1 in (2.5 mm) - Install the valve covers within 5 minutes after applying the liquid
gasket.
NOTE: Use a suitable tool to properly allow the cooling system to eliminate the remaining air while
the engine is idling.
NOTE: Reset clock, radio presets, and (if equipped) FATC setting to display —F instead of —C for
temperature.
44. Verify repair.

Timing Chain Tensioner: Service and Repair With Engine Removed
TIMING SYSTEM
COMPONENT
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
Engine removal is required for this procedure.
1. Remove the drive belt (A).
2. Remove the power steering pump (A).
3. Remove the air compressor (A).
4. Remove the alternator (A).

5. Remove drive belt idler (A).
6. Remove drive belt auto tensioner (A).
7. Remove water pump pulley (A). 8. Remove intake manifold.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove cylinder head cover.
a. Remove connector bracket (A) from LH cylinder head cover.
b. Disconnect RH ignition coil connector (A), condenser connector (B) and remove wiring bracket
(C)
c. Remove LH, RH ignition coil. d. Remove LH, RH cylinder head cover (A).

cover.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution (360°).
3. Remove the lower oil pan (A).
Insert the blade of SST (09215-3C000) between the upper oil pan and lower oil pan, and cut off
applied sealer and removed lower oil pan.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of Upper oil pan and lower oil pan.
4. Remove the crankshaft damper pulley (A).

5. Remove the timing chain cover (A).
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of cylinder block, cylinder head and timing
chain cover
6. Install a set pin after compressing the timing chain tensioner.
7. Remove RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
8. Remove RH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
9. Remove RH timing chain guide (A).
10. Remove oil pump chain cover (A).
11. Remove oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
12. Remove oil pump chain guide (A). 13. Remove RH timing chain.
14. Remove oil pump chain sprocket (A) and oil pump chain (B).
15. Remove crankshaft sprocket (A) O/P RH camshaft drive).
16. Remove LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
17. Remove LH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and LH timing chain tensioner arm (B). 18. Remove
LH timing chain.
19. Remove LH timing chain guide (A).
20. Remove crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).
21. Remove tensioner adapter assembly (A).
INSPECTION
NOTE: -
REASSEMBLY
1. The key (A) of crankshaft should be aligned with the timing mark (B) of timing chain cover. As a
result of this, the piston of No. 1 cylinder is
placed at the top dead center on compression stroke.
2. Install tensioner adapter assembly (A).
3. Install crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).

4. Install LH timing chain guide (A).
LH Timing Chain
5. Install LH timing chain.
Crankshaft sprocket (A) -> Timing chain guide (B) ->Exhaust camshaft sprocket (c) -> Intake
camshaft sprocket (D). The timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark
(color link) of timing chain at installing timing chain.
6. Install LH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
7. Install chain tensioner (A).
8. Install LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
9. Install crankshaft sprocket (A) (O/P RH camshaft drive).
10. Install oil pump chain (B) and oil pump sprocket (A).
11. Install RH timing chain.
Crankshaft sprocket (A) -> Intake camshaft sprocket (B) -> Exhaust camshaft sprocket (C). The
timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain at
installing timing chain.
RH Timing Chain
12. Install RH timing chain guide (A).
13. Install RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).

14. Install RH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and pull out the pins of hydraulic tensioners (LH &
RH)
15. Install RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
Tightening torque 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1 .0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
16. Install oil pump chain guide (A).
17. Install oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
18. Install oil pump chain cover (A).
19. After rotating crankshaft 2 revolutions in regular direction (clockwise viewed from front), confirm
the timing mark.
NOTE: Always turn the crankshaft clockwise.
20. Install timing chain cover.
a. The sealant locations on chain cover and on counter parts (cylinder head, cylinder block, and
lower oil pan) must be free of engine oil and
ETC.
b. Before assembling the timing chain cover, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on the
gap between cylinder head and cylinder block
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied. Bead width: 2.5 mm (0.1
inch)
c. After applying liquid sealant TB1217H on timing chain cover.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied. Sealant should be applied
without discontinuity. Bead width: 2.5 mm (0.1 inch)
d. The dowel pins on the cylinder block and holes on the timing chain cover should be used as a
reference in order to assemble the timing chain
cover to be in exact position. Tightening torque B (17): 18.62 - 21.56 Nm (0.9 - 2.2 kgf.m, 13.74 -
15.91 ft. lbs.) C (4): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) D (1): 58.80 - 68.80 Nm
(6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.) E (1): 58.80 - 68.80 Nm (6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.)
F (2): 24.50 - 26.46 Nm (2.5 - 2.7 kgf.m, 18.08 - 19.53 ft. lbs.) G (4): 21.56 - 23.52 Nm (2.2 - 2.4
kgf.m, 15.91 - 17.36 ft. lbs.) H (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
I (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) J (1): 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m,
7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
e. The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the timing chain
21. Using SST (09231-3C100), install timing chain cover oil seal.
22. Install lower oil pan.
a. Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces. b. Before
assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on oil pan.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after the sealant was applied. Bead width: 2.5 mm
(0.1 inch). But marked area (*) to be 5.0 mm (0.2 inch)
CAUTION: -
Make clean the seating face before assembling two parts.
- Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant.
- When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protruded into the inside of oil pan.
- To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket on the inner threads of the bolt holes.
c. Install oil pan (A).
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes. Tightening torque 9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m,
7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
23. Using SST (09231-3C300) install crankshaft damper pulley (A).
24. Install cylinder head cover.
a. The hardening sealant located on the upper area between timing chain cover and cylinder head
should be removed before assembling cylinder
head cover.
b. After applying sealant (TB1217H), it should be assembled within 5 minutes.
Bead width 2.5 mm (0.1 inch)
c. The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the cylinder head
d. Install the cylinder head cover bolts as following method.
CAUTION: Do not reuse cylinder head cover gasket.
e. Install ignition coil.
f. Connect RH ignition coil connector (A), condenser connector (B) and install wiring bracket (C).
g. Install connector bracket (A) from LH cylinder head cover.
INSTALLATION
1. Install intake manifold.
2. Install water pump pulley (A).
3. Install drive belt auto tensioner (A).
2.2 kgf.m, 13.02 - 15.91 ft. lbs.)
4. Install drive belt idler (A).
5. Install alternator 6. Install air compressor 7. Install power steering pump.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Component
Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations
Timing Component Alignment Marks: Locations
Timing Mark Alignment
LH Timing Chain
RH Timing Chain

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Component
Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations > Page 3062
The timing mark of each sprockets should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain
at installing timing chain.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component
Timing Cover: Specifications
Timing Cover
B ............................................................................................................................................... 18.62
- 21.56 Nm (0.9 - 2.2 kgf.m, 13.74 - 15.91 ft. lbs.) C
..................................................................................................................................................... 9.80
- 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) D
............................................................................................................................................... 58.80 -
68.80 Nm (6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.) E
............................................................................................................................................... 58.80 -
68.80 Nm (6.0 - 7.0 kgf.m, 43.40 - 50.63 ft. lbs.) F
............................................................................................................................................... 24.50 -
26.46 Nm (2.5 - 2.7 kgf.m, 18.08 - 19.53 ft. lbs.) G
............................................................................................................................................... 21.56 -
23.52 Nm (2.2 - 2.4 kgf.m, 15.91 - 17.36 ft. lbs.) H
.................................................................................................................................................... 9.80
- 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) I
...................................................................................................................................................... 9.80
- 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.) J
...................................................................................................................................................... 9.80
- 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing >
Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve
Inspection
Inspection
Group ENGINE
Number 09-EM-002
Date MAY, 2009

DESCRIPTION:
confirmed.

Inspection > Page 3071

IMPORTANT:
shown above.
NOTE:

is corrected.

Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3074
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

Specification
INSTALLATION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel
Pressure > System Information > Specifications
Standard
Value:.....................................................................................................................................374 -
384 kPa (3.82 - 3.92 kg/sq.cm, 54.3 - 55.8 psi)
Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3083



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle
Speed > System Information > Specifications
Idle Speed
A/C ON OFF
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
.........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
A/C ON ON
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
...........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing
Order > Component Information > Specifications
..............................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks >
Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations
Number One Cylinder

Ignition Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
Ignition Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3103

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark
Plug > Component Information > Specifications
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3107
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
INSPECT SPARK PLUG

Compression Check > System Information > Specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION
................................................................................................................................................. 1,283
......................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ 100 kPa (1.0
Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 3113
COMPRESSION
damaged.
past the gasket.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve
Clearance > System Information > Specifications

........................................................................................ (20°C [68°F]) Limit
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
.................. 0.10 - 0.30 mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 inch) Exhaust ...............................................................
................................................................................................... 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.0079 - 0.0157
inch)
Specification
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
................. 0.17 - 0.23 mm (0.0067 - 0.0090 inch) Exhaust ................................................................
.................................................................................................. 0.27 - 0.33 mm (0.0106 - 0.0129
inch)
Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 3117
cover.
clearance.
camshaft.

clearance.
value.

inch) to 3.600 mm (0.1417 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information >
Specifications
Water Pump: Specifications
Water Pump Bolts
COMPONENT
21.56 - 23.52 Nm (2.2 - 2.4 kgf.m, 15.91 - 17.36 ft. lbs.)

9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
Water Pump: Service and Repair
WATER PUMP
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
1. Drain the engine coolant.
WARNING: System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing
scalding engine coolant, remove the cap only when the engine is cool.
2. Remove drive belt (A).
3. Remove the 4 bolts and pump pulley (A).
4. Remove the water pump (A) and gasket.
INSPECTION
1. Check each part for cracks, damage or wear, and replace the coolant pump assembly if
necessary 2. Check the bearing for damage, abnormal noise and sluggish rotation, and replace the
coolant pump assembly if necessary 3. Check for coolant leakage. If coolant leaks from hole, the
seal is defective. Replace the coolant pump assembly
NOTE: A small amount of weeping from the bleed hole is normal.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the water pump (A) and a new gasket (B) with 12 bolts.
1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
NOTE: Make clean the contact face before assembly.
2. Install the 4 bolts and pump pulley (A).
Tightening torque 7.84 - 9.8O Nm (0.8 - 1.O kgf.m, 5.78 - 7.23 ft. lbs.)
3. Install drive belt (A). 4. Fill with engine coolant. 5. Start engine and check for leaks. 6. Recheck
engine coolant level.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information >
Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Coolant: Capacity Specifications
Coolant Capacity .................................................................................................................................

............................................... 8.2 liters (8.66 US qt)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information >
Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 3132
Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications
Antifreeze Type ...................................................................................................................................

............................... Ratio of anti-freeze in coolant
Ethylene glycol base for aluminum

.........................................................................................................................................................
40% Tropical areas Ethylene glycol base for aluminum
..............................................................................................................................................................
50% Other areas
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling
Fan Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Fan Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3138

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3157

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations
Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3177

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature
Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications
Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3196
Component Location
DESCRIPTION
engine is warmed
INSPECTION

REPLACEMENT
Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications
Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page
3203
Detail
3204
Overview
3205
3206
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
3207
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
3208
Schematic Diagram
Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3228
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information >
Service and Repair
Heater Core: Service and Repair

Components (Part 1)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information >
Service and Repair > Page 3232
Components (Part 2)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Lamps and Indicators - Cooling System >
Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Temperature Gauge: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3238

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Temperature Gauge: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3253
Temperature Gauge: Testing and Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. Disconnect the wiring connector (A) from the engine coolant temperature sender in the engine
compartment. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check that the gauge needle indicates cool. Turn the
ignition switch OFF. 3. Connect a 12 V, 3.4 wattages test bulb between the harness side connector
and ground. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Verify that the test bulb flashes and that the indicator moves to HOT.
If operation is not as specified, replace the engine coolant temperature gauge. Then recheck the
system.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information >
Service and Repair
Radiator: Service and Repair
RADIATOR
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses (A). 3. Disconnect transaxle oil cooler hoses. 4.
Remove radiator bracket. 5. Remove radiator assembly.
INSTALLATION
1. Install radiator assembly. 2. Install radiator upper bracket. 3. Connect transaxle oil cooler hoses.
4. Connect radiator upper and lower hoses (A). 5. Fill with engine coolant. 6. Start engine and
check for leaks. 7. Recheck engine coolant level.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page
3262

3263
in the vehicle.

3264
3265

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
3266
Symbols Part 1
3267
Symbols Part 2
3268
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

3269
3270
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
3271
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
3272
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
3273
shown in [FIG. 7].

3274
3275
3276
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page
3282

3283
in the vehicle.

3284
3285

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
3286
Symbols Part 1
3287
Symbols Part 2
3288
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

3289
3290
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
3291
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
3292
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
3293
shown in [FIG. 7].

3294
3295
3296
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System >
Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information >
Specifications
Component Location
DESCRIPTION
engine is warmed
INSPECTION

REPLACEMENT
Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams >
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Diagrams > Page
3334
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Temperature Gauge > Component
Temperature Gauge: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Temperature Gauge: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Temperature Gauge: Testing and Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. Disconnect the wiring connector (A) from the engine coolant temperature sender in the engine
compartment. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check that the gauge needle indicates cool. Turn the
ignition switch OFF. 3. Connect a 12 V, 3.4 wattages test bulb between the harness side connector
and ground. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Verify that the test bulb flashes and that the indicator moves to HOT.
If operation is not as specified, replace the engine coolant temperature gauge. Then recheck the
system.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component
Thermostat: Specifications
Thermostat
Opening temperature ...........................................................................................................................

......................................... 82±2°C (179.6±35.6°F) Fully opened temperature ...................................
.......................................................................................................................................... 95°C
(203°F) Full lift .....................................................................................................................................
......................................................... 10 mm (0.3937 inch)
Thermostat: Testing and Inspection
THERMOSTAT
INSPECTION
1. Immerse the thermostat in water and gradually heat the water. 2. Check the valve opening
temperature.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (177°F) Full opening temperature: 95°C (205°F) If the valve
opening temperature is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
3. Check the valve lift.
Valve lift: Minimum 10 mm (0.4 inch) at 95°C (205°F) If the valve lift is not as specified, replace the
thermostat.
Thermostat: Service and Repair
THERMOSTAT
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
NOTE: Removal of the thermostat would have an adverse effect, causing a lowering of cooling
efficiency. Do not remove the thermostat, even if the engine tends to overheat.
1. Drain engine coolant so its level is below thermostat.

2. Remove water inlet (A) and thermostat (B).
INSTALLATION
1. Place thermostat in thermostat housing.

1) Install the thermostat with the jiggle valve upward. 2) Install a new thermostat (B).
2. Install water inlet (A).
Tightening torque 16.66 - 19.6 0 Nm (1.7 - 2.0 kgf.m, 12.30 - 14.47 ft. lbs.)
3. Fill with engine coolant. 4. Start engine and check for leaks.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information >
Specifications
Water Pump: Specifications
Water Pump Bolts
COMPONENT
21.56 - 23.52 Nm (2.2 - 2.4 kgf.m, 15.91 - 17.36 ft. lbs.)

9.80 - 11.76 Nm (1.0 - 1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
Water Pump: Service and Repair
WATER PUMP
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
WARNING: System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing
scalding engine coolant, remove the cap only when the engine is cool.
2. Remove drive belt (A).
3. Remove the 4 bolts and pump pulley (A).
4. Remove the water pump (A) and gasket.
INSPECTION
1. Check each part for cracks, damage or wear, and replace the coolant pump assembly if
necessary 2. Check the bearing for damage, abnormal noise and sluggish rotation, and replace the
coolant pump assembly if necessary 3. Check for coolant leakage. If coolant leaks from hole, the
seal is defective. Replace the coolant pump assembly
NOTE: A small amount of weeping from the bleed hole is normal.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the water pump (A) and a new gasket (B) with 12 bolts.
1.2 kgf.m, 7.23 - 8.68 ft. lbs.)
NOTE: Make clean the contact face before assembly.
2. Install the 4 bolts and pump pulley (A).
Tightening torque 7.84 - 9.8O Nm (0.8 - 1.O kgf.m, 5.78 - 7.23 ft. lbs.)
3. Install drive belt (A). 4. Fill with engine coolant. 5. Start engine and check for leaks. 6. Recheck
engine coolant level.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component
Catalytic Converter: Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Manifold > Component
Exhaust Manifold: Specifications
Tightening torque .............................................................................................................................

39.2 - 44.1 Nm (4.0 - 4.5 kgf.m, 28.92 - 32.53 ft. lbs.)
Exhaust Manifold: Service and Repair
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
COMPONENT
REMOVAL
1. Remove under cover (A). 2. Disconnect LH, RH rear oxygen sensor connector from bracket.
3. Remove front muffler (A). 4. Remove oil level gauge (A).
5. Disconnect LH front oxygen sensor connector (B) from bracket.
6. Remove LH heat protector.

7. Remove LH exhaust manifold.
8. Disconnect RH front oxygen sensor connector from bracket. 9. Remove RH heat protector.
10. Remove RH exhaust manifold.
INSTALLATION
1. Install new gasket and exhaust manifold.
2. Install heat protector.
Tightening torque 16.66 - 21.56 Nm (1.7 - 2.2 kgf.m,12.30 - 15.91 ft. lbs.)
3. Install front muffler.
Tightening torque 39.2 - 58.8N.m(4.0 - 6.0 kgf.m, 28.92 - 43.37 ft. lbs.)
4. Connect oxygen sensor connector. 5. Install under cover.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Muffler > Component Information >
Diagrams
Muffler: Diagrams
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications
Specifications
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3386
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].




Circuit Diagram

Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3412
DESCRIPTION
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection >
Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
the actuator.
Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3415
USER OPTION MODE
the key.
RKE.


(Disable / Enable).

INSPECTION
OFF.
OFF.
cancelled.
& 2).

output.
after IG OFF
6. 2-TURN UNLOCK
output if all
unlocked again.
signal output.
& DRIVER
duration.
shut OFF.
immediately.
is turned OFF
switch ON.
based on the table.

Page 3424
REPLACEMENT
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3428
Overview
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3437
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle > Page 3456
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page
3466
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
3467
NOTE:
3468
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
3469
shown above.
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set > Page 3474

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 3482
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 3490
NOTE:

NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive
Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 3498
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting
PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 3506

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3514
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3515
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3516
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3517
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3518
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3519
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3520
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3521
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3522
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3523
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3524
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3525
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3526
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3527

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3528
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle > Page 3533
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe
Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 3543
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
ON/DTC P0441 Set > Page 3551

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Upshift/Downshift > Page 3559
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Reverse or Drive Engagement
Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 3567
NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls -
ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 3574
NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU
Procedure
Reprogramming
it.
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls -
PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 3587
NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and
Relearn Adaptive Values
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 3593
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:


NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls -
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU
Procedure
Reprogramming
it.
Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Detail
Overview
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].









Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection >
Component Tests and General Diagnostics
PROCEDURE). See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests
and General Diagnostics/Electronic Component Inspection Procedures








Page 3689
carefully.

Page 3690
NOTE: -
NO: END

Page 3691
memory.
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3695
Overview
Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3700
Overview
Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3721
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
3763
Detail
3764
Overview
3765
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Component Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

3810
3811
3812
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications >
Page 3825
Detail
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

3843
3844
Waveform
3845
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Locations
Components
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Page 3852
Detail
Page 3853
Overview
Page 3854
Page 3855
Description
operating cycles.
Page 3856
Description
operating cycles.
Specification
Page 3857
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Page 3861
Detail
Page 3862
Overview
Page 3863
Description
Page 3864
Description
Specification
Page 3865
Schematic Diagram
Detail
> Page 3870
Overview
> Page 3871
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
> Page 3878
Detail
> Page 3879
Overview
> Page 3880
> Page 3881
Description
DESCRIPTION
> Page 3882
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
> Page 3883
Schematic Diagram
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

NOTE:
before reassembly.
Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 3898
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
bank:
NOTE:


4. Erase all DTC.

PARTS INFORMATION:

Diagnostics
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-012
Date OCTOBER, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
rich shift.
Azera, and Veracruz
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
at Bank-1 only:

bank:
NOTE:

PARTS INFORMATION
Page 3917
Locations
Bank 1 / Sensor 1
Bank 1 / Sensor 2
Bank 2 / Sensor 1
Bank 2 / Sensor 2
Overview
and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Page 3947
Overview
Page 3948
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 3957
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 3958
P2135/P0638 > Page 3959
P2135/P0638 > Page 3960
P2135/P0638 > Page 3961
P2135/P0638 > Page 3962
P2135/P0638 > Page 3963
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 3964
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 3965
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 3966
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 3967
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 3968
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 3969
P2135/P0638 > Page 3970

P2135/P0638 > Page 3971
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3977
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3978
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3979
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3980
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3981
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3982
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3983
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3984
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3985
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3986
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3987
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3988
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3989
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3990

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 3991
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Service Procedure
c below.

Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Page 4027
and back.
Select:
switches:
Page 4028
Page 4029
PARTS INFORMATION:
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Page 4034

Page 4035
^ Vehicle
Page 4036
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:
Page 4037

09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Service Procedure
c below.

Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

Press "ENTER."


06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.


Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar >
07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 4080
Press "ENTER."

07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 4081

Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov >
05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 4086

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Locations
Component Location
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

terminals 3 and 2.

REPLACEMENT
MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Detail
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page
4206
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
NOTE:
than K-Line.
4213
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
4214
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
4215
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
4216
NOTE:
CAUTION:
4217
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
4218
4219

4220
Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: > 06-40-015 > Oct > 06 > Electrical - A/T DTC
P0708/Electrical Faults
Wiring Harness: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-015
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
Model: 2006-07 SONATA
Subject: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DTC P0708
DESCRIPTION:
If a 2006-07 Sonata has the following symptoms, follow the Repair Procedure shown below.
^ Diagnostic Trouble Code P0708 - Range sensor circuit high
^ Vehicle will not move in Drive, shift lever indicator light displays "R" and backup lights are on
when the shift lever is in Drive.
^ Harsh shift into Reverse
^ 15A fuse blown (see 2006-07 Sonata ETM, page SD929-1)
^ Dome light, map light, sunroof, vanity lamps and trunk light inoperative (see 2006-07 Sonata
ETM, page SD929-2)
^ Accessories (A/C blower, sunroof, dome light, security alarm and wipers) operate with the ignition
key removed from the ignition switch.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
1. Remove the cap from the front pillar cover, remove the screw and remove the front pillar cover.
P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 4226
2. Check the harness for a short to ground near the clip. Repair the harness as necessary and
wrap the wires with electrical tape.
3. Reinstall the front pillar cover.
Normal warranty time applies.

P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 4232

Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Page 4258
Overview
Page 4259
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4283
Detail
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Page 4309

Page 4310
in the vehicle.

Page 4311
Page 4312

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Page 4313
Symbols Part 1
Page 4314
Symbols Part 2
Page 4315
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

Page 4316
Page 4317
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
Page 4318
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
Page 4319
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
Page 4320
shown in [FIG. 7].

Page 4321
Page 4322
Page 4323
INSPECTION
replace the switch.
REPLACEMENT
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Overview
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure >
Standard
Value:.....................................................................................................................................374 -
384 kPa (3.82 - 3.92 kg/sq.cm, 54.3 - 55.8 psi)



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System
Idle Speed
A/C ON OFF
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
.........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
A/C ON ON
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
...........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel
Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order >
..............................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing >
Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations
Number One Cylinder

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable >
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable >
Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4359

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug >
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
INSPECT SPARK PLUG

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check
> System Information > Specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION
................................................................................................................................................. 1,283
......................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ 100 kPa (1.0
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check
> System Information > Specifications > Page 4369
COMPRESSION
damaged.
past the gasket.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance >

........................................................................................ (20°C [68°F]) Limit
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
.................. 0.10 - 0.30 mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 inch) Exhaust ...............................................................
................................................................................................... 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.0079 - 0.0157
inch)
Specification
Intake ...................................................................................................................................................
................. 0.17 - 0.23 mm (0.0067 - 0.0090 inch) Exhaust ................................................................
.................................................................................................. 0.27 - 0.33 mm (0.0106 - 0.0129
inch)
cover.
clearance.
camshaft.

clearance.
value.

inch) to 3.600 mm (0.1417 inch)
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor:
> 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

> 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 4386
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
> 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

> 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 4392
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 4399
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 4405
3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4407
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor >
Detail
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature
Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4443
Detail
Overview
Description
Description
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module >
Specifications
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].





Circuit Diagram

DESCRIPTION
Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
the actuator.
Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 4480
USER OPTION MODE
the key.
RKE.


(Disable / Enable).

INSPECTION
OFF.
OFF.
cancelled.
& 2).

output.
after IG OFF
6. 2-TURN UNLOCK
output if all
unlocked again.
signal output.
& DRIVER
duration.
shut OFF.
immediately.
is turned OFF
switch ON.
based on the table.

REPLACEMENT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor >
Bank 1
Bank 2
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature
Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications
Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4520
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor >
Detail
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector >
Data Link Connector: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Data Link Connector: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Data Link Connector: Electrical Diagrams
Data Link Details (1)

Date Link Details (2)
Data Link Details Connector Pin Outs
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Electronic Throttle Control
Electronic Throttle Actuator: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Electronic Throttle
Control
2006 SONATA:
Electronic Throttle Control
Initialization
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) provides refined throttle operation. Idle speed control throttle
valve opening control TCS control and cruise control functions are all performed by a single throttle
valve. Under the following conditions the ETC throttle body will need to be initialized:
^ When the Throttle Position Sensor or the Accelerator Position Sensor signals are lost (circuit
malfunction or connector(s) unplugged when circuit is energized.)
^ When the Throttle Assembly is replaced
^ When the PCM is replaced.
Initializing the ETC throttle body accomplishes the following:
^ Completes system recognition of closed and wide open readings of the Throttle Pressure
Sensors
^ Confirms proper circuit operation
^ Verifies throttle position feedback Below is the ETC System Initialization procedure:
1) Make sure the ignition is OFF for more than 10 seconds.
2) Turn the ignition ON for about one second (do not crank) then OFF again.
3) Leave the ignition OFF for more than 10 seconds.
4) Turn the ignition ON again for more than one second. This completes the initialize operation
Note: Visually check the movement of the throttle valve
during initialize process.
To verify proper initialization check throttle valve motion from the accelerator operation by turning
the ignition ON and cranking the engine. This initialization procedure should only be performed
once and only in the event of the conditions listed above.
ETC Assembly
Electronic Throttle Actuator: Description and Operation
ETC (ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL) SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
ETC (Electronic Throttle Control) system is electronically controlled throttle device which controls
the throttle valve. It consists of ETC motor, throttle body and throttle position sensor (TPS). A
mechanical throttle control system receives a driver's intention via a wire cable between the
accelerator and the throttle valve, while this ETC system does the signal from the Accelerator
Position Sensor (APS) installed on the accelerator pedal. After the PCM receives the APS signal
and calculates the throttle opening angle, it activates the throttle valve by using the ETC motor.
Additionally, it can materialize cruise control function without any special devices.
Electronic Throttle Actuator: Testing and Inspection
ETC (ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL) SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
ETC (Electronic Throttle Control) system is electronically controlled throttle device which controls
the throttle valve. It consists of ETC motor, throttle body and throttle position sensor (TPS). A
mechanical throttle control system receives a driver's intention via a wire cable between the
accelerator and the throttle valve, while this ETC system does the signal from the Accelerator
Position Sensor (APS) installed on the accelerator pedal. After the PCM receives the APS signal
and calculates the throttle opening angle, it activates the throttle valve by using the ETC motor.
Additionally, it can materialize cruise control function without any special devices.
Components
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Fail-Safe Mode
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control
Detail
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control
Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4587
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4596
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4597
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4598
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4599
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4600
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4601
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4602
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4603
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4604
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4605
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4606
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4607
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4608
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4609

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4610
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe
Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:

NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 4657
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 4665

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 4673
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle > Page 4692
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set > Page 4710

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:

NOTE:
tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 4733
NOTE:
upshifts.

tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 4734
NOTE:

tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU Reprogramming Procedure
Procedure
Reprogramming
tnt1640706-01 > Jul > 06 > Engine Controls - ECU Reprogramming Procedure > Page 4739
it.
tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 4746
NOTE:
upshifts.
tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 4747

NOTE:
06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 4752
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 4753
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 06-40-004
> Mar > 06 > A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

> Mar > 06 > A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover > Page 4759
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Detail
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].









Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics
PROCEDURE). See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Electronic
Component Inspection Procedures
Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 4800








carefully.

NOTE: -
NO: END

memory.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor >
Components
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor >
Detail
Overview
Description
operating cycles.
Description
operating cycles.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component
Detail
Overview
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4842
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum
Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oil Temperature Sensor For
ECM > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: >
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

ECM > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: >
NOTE:
before reassembly.
ECM > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature Sensor
For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket
^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

ECM > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature Sensor
For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 4866
NOTE:
before reassembly.
ECM > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4867
Detail
Overview

DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram

DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
bank:
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics > Page 4878
4. Erase all DTC.

PARTS INFORMATION:

Diagnostics
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-012
Date OCTOBER, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
rich shift.
Azera, and Veracruz
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
at Bank-1 only:

bank:
NOTE:

PARTS INFORMATION
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4885
Bank 1 / Sensor 1
Bank 1 / Sensor 2
Bank 2 / Sensor 1
Bank 2 / Sensor 2
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure
Detail
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications
Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4921
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].




Circuit Diagram

Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4947
DESCRIPTION
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial
Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
the actuator.
USER OPTION MODE
the key.
RKE.


(Disable / Enable).

INSPECTION
OFF.
OFF.
cancelled.
& 2).

output.
after IG OFF
6. 2-TURN UNLOCK
output if all
unlocked again.
signal output.
& DRIVER
duration.
shut OFF.
immediately.
is turned OFF
switch ON.
based on the table.

Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4959
REPLACEMENT
Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4963
Overview
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:

NOTE:
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:


NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5049
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5050
P2135/P0638 > Page 5051
P2135/P0638 > Page 5052
P2135/P0638 > Page 5053
P2135/P0638 > Page 5054
P2135/P0638 > Page 5055
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5056
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5057
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5058
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5059
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5060
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5061
P2135/P0638 > Page 5062

P2135/P0638 > Page 5063
DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Solenoid DTC's Set
Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
Set > Page 5086

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

Set > Page 5087
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

Set > Page 5088
click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
Set > Page 5089
NOTE:

Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Page 5094
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

Page 5095
NOTE:

NOTE:

Page 5096
^
NOTE:
NOTE:
Page 5097
NOTE:
Engagement
Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:
NOTE:
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Procedure
Reprogramming
it.
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Adaptive Values
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Values
Adaptive Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Values > Page 5143

Values > Page 5144
NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

Values > Page 5145
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
Values > Page 5146
NOTE:
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Procedure
Procedure
Reprogramming
it.
Adaptive Values
Adaptive Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Values
Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Values > Page 5170
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Values > Page 5171
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
5172
Detail
5173
Overview
5174
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].









Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component
Tests and General Diagnostics
PROCEDURE). See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Electronic
Component Inspection Procedures
Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 5209








Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5224
carefully.

NOTE: -
NO: END

memory.
Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 5230
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches -
Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Customer Interest for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL
ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 5240
3. Erase the DTC

ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 5241
PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Bulletins > Customer Interest for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 5246
3. Erase the DTC

Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 5247
PARTS INFORMATION
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls -
MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls
- Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

- Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 5259
3. Erase the DTC

- Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 5260
PARTS INFORMATION
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5271
Detail
Overview
Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5291
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component
Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Overview
Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5318
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information >
Specifications
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
DESCRIPTION
driveablity.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5333
Detail
Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5351
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Locations
Components
Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5360
Detail
Overview
Description
operating cycles.
Description
operating cycles.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5369
Detail
Overview
Description
Description
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page
5378
Overview
Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page
5379
Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5380
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page
5386
Detail
5387
Overview
5388
5389
Description
DESCRIPTION
5390
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
5391
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil
Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls - Oil
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls -
Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks
Number 09-EM-005
Date JULY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
^ 19MM Deep Socket

^ Torque Wrench
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
IMPORTANT:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Temperature Sensor For ECM: > 09-EM-005 > Jul > 09 > Engine Controls -
Oil Temperature Sensor Oil Leaks > Page 5406
NOTE:
before reassembly.
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
DESCRIPTION

Specification
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine
Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
bank:
NOTE:


Controls - DTC P0300-P0306 Diagnostics > Page 5418
4. Erase all DTC.

PARTS INFORMATION:

Diagnostics
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-012
Date OCTOBER, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
rich shift.
Azera, and Veracruz
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
at Bank-1 only:

bank:
NOTE:

PARTS INFORMATION
Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5425
Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Bank 1 / Sensor 1
Bank 1 / Sensor 2
Bank 2 / Sensor 1
Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page
5428
Bank 2 / Sensor 2
5429
Overview
5430
5431
Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5449
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5455
Overview
Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5456
Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Customer Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 >
Page 5465
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
Page 5466
Page 5467
Page 5468
Page 5469
Page 5470
Page 5471
NOTE:
than K-Line.
Page 5472
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
Page 5473
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
Page 5474
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
Page 5475
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Page 5476
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
Page 5477
Page 5478

Page 5479
Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5485
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5486
P2135/P0638 > Page 5487
P2135/P0638 > Page 5488
P2135/P0638 > Page 5489
P2135/P0638 > Page 5490
P2135/P0638 > Page 5491
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5492
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5493
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5494
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 5495
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5496
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 5497
P2135/P0638 > Page 5498

P2135/P0638 > Page 5499
Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
5500
Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
5501
Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page
5527
Service Procedure
c below.
5528
5529

5530
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 5535
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 5542

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL
ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 5551
Service Procedure
c below.

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T
Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 5559
Press "ENTER."

Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 5560

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't
Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 5565
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No
Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 5572

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No
Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 5579

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls
- Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

- Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 5588
Press "ENTER."

- Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 5589

Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No
Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Component Location
Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations >
Page 5601
Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5621
terminals 3 and 2.

Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5622
REPLACEMENT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor >
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5631
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5632
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5633
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5634
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5635
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5636
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5637
NOTE:
than K-Line.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5638
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5639
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5640
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5641
NOTE:
CAUTION:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5642
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5643
ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5644

ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5645
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine
Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 5651
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: >
06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 5671
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 >
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 5709
Service Procedure
c below.

Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 >
A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 5717
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 >
A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 5724

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N >
Page 5733
Service Procedure
c below.
Page 5734
Page 5735

Page 5736
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive
Relearn

Relearn > Page 5741
Press "ENTER."

Relearn > Page 5742

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 5747
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 5754

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 5761

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission
Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page
5770
Press "ENTER."

Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page
5771

Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Position Switch/Sensor: > tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 5776

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing
Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve Inspection
Inspection
Group ENGINE
Number 09-EM-002
Date MAY, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
confirmed.

Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - CVVT Oil Control Valve Inspection > Page 5783

IMPORTANT:
shown above.
NOTE:

is corrected.

Actuator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5786
Detail
Overview
DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

Specification
INSTALLATION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Location
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].


terminals 3 and 2.

REPLACEMENT
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component
Catalytic Converter: Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System >
Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Specifications
Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5825
Canister Purge Control Valve: Locations
Detail
Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5826
Overview
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Specifications
Canister Purge Solenoid: Specifications
Purge Control Solenoid Value (PCSV)
Type .....................................................................................................................................................
...................................................... Duty Control type Resistance (ohms)
...................................................................................................................................................... 19 -
22 at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F)
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5830
Canister Purge Solenoid: Locations
1 - Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5831
Overview
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Canister Purge Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5834

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Canister Purge Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Canister Purge Solenoid: Electrical Diagrams
Schematic Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this system, please refer to Powertrain Management
diagrams. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/System Detailed Diagrams/Wiring Diagram Index
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5850
Canister Purge Solenoid: Description and Operation
PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (PCSV)
DESCRIPTION
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) is installed on the surge tank and controls the passage
between the canister and the intake manifold. It is a solenoid valve and is open when the PCM
grounds the valve control line. When the passage is open (PCSV ON), fuel stored in the canister is
transferred to the intake manifold.
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
Canister Purge Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (PCSV)

DESCRIPTION
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) is installed on the surge tank and controls the passage
between the canister and the intake manifold. It is a solenoid valve and is open when the PCM
grounds the valve control line. When the passage is open (PCSV ON), fuel stored in the canister is
transferred to the intake manifold.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) >
Page 5853
Canister Purge Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Evaporative (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
Valve
EVAPORATIVE (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION
NOTE: When disconnecting the vacuum hose, make an identification mark on it so that it can be
reconnected to its original position.
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the solenoid valve. 2. Detach the harness connector. 3.
Connect a vacuum pump to the nipple to which the red-striped vacuum hose was connected.
4. Apply vacuum and check when voltage is applied to the PCSV and when the voltage is
discontinued.
Battery voltage Normal condition
When applied Vacuum is released
When discontinued Vacuum is maintained
5. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the solenoid valve.
PCSV coil resistance (ohms): 19 - 22 ohms at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F)

Evaporative Canister Filter > Component Information > Locations
Evaporative Canister Filter > Component Information > Locations > Page 5857
Evaporative Canister Filter: Service and Repair
FUEL TANK AIR FILTER
REPLACE
1. Remove the rear left wheel house.
2. Disconnect the canister close valve wiring connector and the vapor hose to canister (B) 3.
Remove the fuel tank air filter(A). 4. Install a new fuel tank air filter.
Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Locations
Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Locations > Page 5861
Evaporative Emission Control Canister: Testing and Inspection
EVAPORATIVE (EVAP) CANISTER
INSPECTION
1. Lock for loose connections, sharp bends or damage to the fuel vapor lines. 2. Look for distortion,
cracks or fuel damage.
3. After removing the canister, inspect for cracks or damage.

Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Locations > Page 5862
Evaporative Emission Control Canister: Service and Repair
EVAPORATIVE (EVAP) CANISTER
REMOVAL
1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Disconnect hoses connecting to the canister.
3. Unfasten two mounting bolts and remove the canister.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in reverse order of removal.
Torque : 1.7 - 2.6 kgf.m (16.7 - 25.5 N.m, 12.3 - 18.8 lbf.ft)
Leak Detection Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Specifications
Leak Detection Valve: Specifications
Canister Close Valve (CCV)
Type .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................... ON/OFF Coil Resistance
.......................................................................................................................................... 19.8 - 21.8
ohms at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F)
Leak Detection Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5866
Leak Detection Valve: Locations
Detail
Overview
Leak Detection Valve: Description and Operation
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE (CCV)
DESCRIPTION
The evaporative emission control system prevents hydrocarbon (HC) vapors from the fuel tank
from escaping into the atmosphere where they could form photochemical smog. Gasoline vapors
are collected in the charcoal canister. The Canister Close Valve (CCV) closes off the air inlet into
the canister for leak detection of the evaporative emission system. The CCV also prevents fuel
vapors from escaping from the canister. When the engine purges the HC vapors from the canister,
the clean air comes into the canister through the canister air-filter and the CCV.
Leak Detection Valve: Testing and Inspection
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE (CCV)
DESCRIPTION
The evaporative emission control system prevents hydrocarbon (HC) vapors from the fuel tank
from escaping into the atmosphere where they could form photochemical smog. Gasoline vapors
are collected in the charcoal canister. The Canister Close Valve (CCV) closes off the air inlet into
the canister for leak detection of the evaporative emission system. The CCV also prevents fuel
vapors from escaping from the canister. When the engine purges the HC vapors from the canister,
the clean air comes into the canister through the canister air-filter and the CCV.
Schematic Diagram
Specification
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation >
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Specifications
Tightening Torque
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5874
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Locations
2 - Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve

Overview
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Operation

Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Testing and Inspection
INSPECTION
1. Remove the PCV valve. 2. Insert a thin stick(A) into the PCV valve(B) from the threaded side to
check that the plunger moves.
3. If the plunger does not move, the PCV valve is clogged. Clean it or replace.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Service and Repair
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve. Remove the
PCV valve from the rocker cover and reconnect
it to the ventilation hose.
2. Run the engine at idle and put a finger on the open end of the PCV valve and make sure that
intake manifold vacuum can be felt.
NOTE: The plunger inside the PCV valve will move back and forth.
INSTALLATION
Install the PCV valve and tighten to the specified torque.
PCV valve : 0.8 - 1.2 kgf.m

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System
Standard
Value:.....................................................................................................................................374 -
384 kPa (3.82 - 3.92 kg/sq.cm, 54.3 - 55.8 psi)



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Release >
System Information > Service and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System
Idle Speed
A/C ON OFF
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
.........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
A/C ON ON
Natural,N,P-range.................................................................................................................................
.........................................................620 ± 100 rpm D-range...............................................................
...........................................................................................................................................620 ± 100
rpm
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position
> 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
> 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Position Sensor: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Position Sensor: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

3. Erase the DTC

PARTS INFORMATION
Detail
Overview
Description
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor >
Detail
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Fuel System - Hyundai Fuel System Cleaner
Fuel: Technical Service Bulletins Fuel System - Hyundai Fuel System Cleaner
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-014
Date: NOVEMBER 2010
Model: ALL MODELS

Subject HYUNDAI FUEL SYSTEM CLEANER PLUS RECOMMENDATION AND FUEL QUALITY
INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION:
Hyundai Fuel System Cleaner Plus (P/N 00232-19047) is now the approved and recommended
service product for complete fuel system cleaning during routine service and preventative
maintenance.
NOTE:
^ A 20 ounce bottle treats up to 20 gallons of gasoline.
^ For use in all gasoline engines (MPI or GDI systems).
^ Can be used as often as 3,000 miles or at every oil change.
^ Cleans fuel injectors, intake valves, and combustion chambers.
^ Protects fuel level sending units against damage from sulfur content in fuel.
^ Cleans and protects critical fuel system components from corrosion.

Technical Service Bulletins > Fuel System - Hyundai Fuel System Cleaner > Page 5958
^ Does not harm the emission system or leave behind combustion chamber deposits.
Regular use of Hyundai Fuel System Cleaner Plus with TECHRON(R) Technology can help
address engine carbon deposit related conditions. By removing these deposits, an engine may
experience restored engine performance and efficiency, smoother running idle, and cleaner tailpipe
emissions.
USAGE NOTES:
^ A single tank (up to 20 gallons) treated with a 20 ounce bottle is sufficient for cleaning in normal
cases. However; a second initial treatment on the next consecutive full tank may give additional
benefits for engines with heavier accumulated deposit formation.
^ The product can be used as often as every 3,000 miles to maintain optimum cleanliness and is
recommended to be used during every oil change as part of a preventative maintenance practice.
FUEL QUALITY INFORMATION:
Hyundai recommends the use of high-quality gasoline, including fuel advertised as Top Tier
Detergent Gasoline, as well as periodic use of an approved Fuel System Cleaner.
This is especially important for vehicles equipped with gasoline direct injection (GDI) engines with
advanced fuel delivery systems.
If use of poor quality gasoline is suspected, customer should be advised to refuel at a different
fueling station or switch to a different brand of fuel.
Poor quality gasoline may exhibit one or more of the following characteristics:
^ Abnormal color and odor
^ Undissolved water
^ Sediments and suspended foreign substance
^ Cloudy appearance and (after settling) showing signs of separation
NOTE:
Refer to TSB # 10-FL-013 for details related to fuel quality testing.
If use of gasoline with a low content of deposit control additives is suspected, then recommend to
the customer the exclusive use of high quality gasoline such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline.
These products help to avoid the build-up of engine deposits and are available in all octane grades.
For latest information and list of retailers of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the official
website (www.toptiergas.com).
The use of the fuel system cleaner is a Customer Pay Item during time of routine maintenance and
the cost is not reimbursable under warranty.
Fuel: Technical Service Bulletins Fuel System - Fuel Quality Testing
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-013
Date: NOVEMBER 2010
Subject TESTING FUEL QUALITY TO DIAGNOSE ENGINE STARTABILITY / HESITATION /

DRIVEABILITY ISSUES
DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin outlines the basic components of the BG Fuel Test Kit and the procedure to test the
quality of the fuel during vehicle diagnosis.
Poor fuel quality may lead to cold engine startability issues, hesitation at idle or during acceleration,
and/or poor driveability. In addition, prolonged vehicle operation with poor quality fuel may result in
damage to the fuel system and formation of engine deposits.
The BG Fuel Test Kit can be used to determine the following aspects of the fuel:
^ Sediment / Water Contamination Inspection
^ Specific Gravity
^ Alcohol Content
^ ALL MODELS equipped with gasoline engines
PARTS INFORMATION:
The BG Fuel Test Kit (P/N J-48983) is the approved fuel quality testing tool to be used during
vehicle diagnosis. This kit is an essential tool that has been sent to all dealers and is part of the
new dealer kit.
Contents of the kit:
- Hydrometers (gasoline / diesel)
- Graduated cylinder (100ml)
- Graduated cylinder (alcohol test)
- Graduated cylinder small stopper
- Graduated cylinder holding fixtures
- Specific gravity vs. temperature reference chart. (shown below / right)

IMPORTANT:
The kit includes TWO (2) different hydrometers.
Do not use the diesel hydrometer with specific gravity range from 0.800 to 0.900.
Use only the gasoline hydrometer with specific gravity range from 0.700 to 0.800 for the correct
measurement of the fuel to be tested.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Prepare the tall graduated cylinder attached to the fixture base.
NOTE:
Be sure that the inside of the cylinder is clean and free of contaminants.
2. Obtain sample fuel from the incident vehicle and fill the graduated cylinder to the 100ml mark.
NOTE:
There are several different methods available to gather a small quantity of fuel for testing. Follow
the applicable Shop Manual procedures and precautions as required to perform any ONE of the
following, as feasible.
^ For older MPI fuel systems equipped with a fuel return line, divert the fuel return hose to capture
the fuel into a suitable container while running the engine at idle.
^ For MPI fuel systems that are returnless design, divert the fuel line from the fuel rail to capture
the fuel into a container. For additional fuel amount, briefly prime the fuel pump by cycling the
ignition key. (Do not perform this option for GDI engines.)
^ For GDI and MPI systems, lift the vehicle and disconnect the large fuel hose of the fuel filler neck
from the fuel tank inlet. Using a long socket extension, lightly push open the inlet check valve at the
inlet of the tank and capture the sample fuel.
^ For GDI and MPI systems, remove the main fuel pump and sender module from the fuel tank to
collect the fuel sample through the service access port, if possible. If equipped, removing the
remote fuel sender module may be easier for this task. Avoid fuel spillage.
3. Visually inspect the collected fuel sample for presence of sediment, debris, or water
contamination. (Example shown at right. Replace fuel if
contamination is found.)
4. Insert the thermometer into the graduated cylinder and attach the clip to the top rim.
5. Wait a few minutes to allow for the temperature to stabilize, then record the measured
temperature of the gasoline sample. Remove the thermometer
afterwards.
6. Insert the gasoline hydrometer with specific gravity range from 0.700 to 0.800 into the graduated
cylinder and wait until it stabilizes while floating in
the fuel.
7. Read the number at the liquid line on the side of the hydrometer.
8. Refer to the supplied reference chart to look up the measured temperature and the hydrometer
reading to find the corresponding specific gravity.
(Examples shown)
NOTE:
The fuel tanks of vehicles having contaminated fuel or fuel outside the NORMAL specific gravity
range should be drained and refilled.
9. Prepare the small graduated cylinder for fuel alcohol content testing.
NOTE:
Be sure that the inside of the cylinder is clean and free of contaminants.
10. With the stopper cap removed, add clean water up to the (A) water fill line.
11. Add fuel from the tall graduated cylinder to the (B) fuel fill line.
12. Insert the stopper cap at the top to seal it and vigorously shake the contents for at least 10
seconds or more.
13. Let the mixture settle for approximately 5~10 minutes.
NOTE:
At this point, any alcohol of the sample will combine with water and begin to separate from the fuel.
14. Read the line where it separates and find the corresponding (D) alcohol % level of the fuel
sample.
NOTE:
High alcohol content in the fuel can cause lean codes and other engine startability and driveability
conditions.
15. After completing the fuel tests, prepare the Fuel Test Kit for storage.
^ Rinse all pieces with window cleaner and water, then towel dry thoroughly.
^ Store the reference chart behind the protection foam.
^ Arrange all the components so that they are protected by the clamshell storage case.
When necessary, the use of the BG Fuel Test Kit as a part of the normal diagnostic troubleshooting
process may be covered under warranty.
However, if the root cause of the condition results from poor fuel quality, then some or all parts and
labor expenses may not be covered under warranty.
Fuel: Technical Service Bulletins Fuel System - E85 Fuel Usage Recommendations
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 08-FL-008
Date: AUGUST, 2008
Model: ALL MODELS
Subject: USE OF E85 BLENDED ETHANOL FUEL
DESCRIPTION:
E85 fuel is an alternative fuel composed of up to 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and
is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. E85 is not compatible with current
Hyundai models. Use of E85 in Hyundai vehicles may result in poor engine performance or a hard
or no start condition, and damage to the vehicle's engine and fuel system.
Hyundai recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10
percent. Damage resulting from the use of E85 is not covered under Hyundai warranties.
VEHICLES AFFECTED: ^
This TSB applies to all Hyundai models
SERVICE TIP:
Sample fuel from incident vehicles can be tested with the Fuel Tester Kit (J-48983). Measurements
such as the alcohol % concentration and specific gravity can be made to determine if the
grade/type of fuel is correct.
Vehicle repair expenses caused by usage of E85 blended fuel are not eligible for warranty
reimbursement. Repair order must explain this clearly for customer pay work.
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5966
Fuel: Specifications
Fuel
Use Unleaded gasoline.
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher must
be used in your Hyundai.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filler Cap > Component
Information > Description and Operation
Fuel Filler Cap: Description and Operation
FUEL FILLER CAP
DESCRIPTION
A ratchet tightening device on the threaded fuel filler cap reduces the chances of incorrect
installation, which would seal the fuel filler. After the gasket on the fuel filler cap and the filler neck
flange contact each other, the ratchet produces a loud clicking noise indicating the seal has been
set.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure
Release > System Information > Service and Repair
will spill out.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component
Fuel Injector: Locations
Detail
Overview
Fuel Injector: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuel Injector: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Fuel Injector: Description and Operation
INJECTOR
DESCRIPTION
Based on information from various sensors, the PCM measures the fuel injection amount. The fuel
injector is a solenoid-operated valve and the fuel injection amount is controlled by length of time
that the fuel injector is held open. The PCM controls each injector by grounding the control circuit.
When the PCM energizes the injector by grounding the control circuit, the circuit voltage should be
low (theoretically 0V) and the fuel is injected. When the PCM de-energizes the injector by opening
control circuit, the fuel injector is closed and circuit voltage should be peak for a moment.
CAUTION: If an injector connector is disconnected for more than 46 seconds while the engine
runs, the PCM will determine that the cylinder is misfired and cut fuel supply. So be careful not to
exceed 46 seconds. But the engine runs normally in 10 seconds after turning the ignition key off.
Fuel Injector: Testing and Inspection
INJECTOR
DESCRIPTION
Based on information from various sensors, the PCM measures the fuel injection amount. The fuel
injector is a solenoid-operated valve and the fuel injection amount is controlled by length of time
that the fuel injector is held open. The PCM controls each injector by grounding the control circuit.
When the PCM energizes the injector by grounding the control circuit, the circuit voltage should be
low (theoretically 0V) and the fuel is injected. When the PCM de-energizes the injector by opening
control circuit, the fuel injector is closed and circuit voltage should be peak for a moment.
CAUTION: If an injector connector is disconnected for more than 46 seconds while the engine
runs, the PCM will determine that the cylinder is misfired and cut fuel supply. So be careful not to
exceed 46 seconds. But the engine runs normally in 10 seconds after turning the ignition key off.
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator >
Components
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure >
Standard
Value:.....................................................................................................................................374 -
384 kPa (3.82 - 3.92 kg/sq.cm, 54.3 - 55.8 psi)



Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay
Detail
> Component Information > Locations > Page 6012
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender
Components
Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

> Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6051
Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection
MAIN FUEL GAUGE SENDER
1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 3 of sender connector (A)
at each float level.
2. Also check that the resistance changes smoothly when the float is moved from "E" to "F" 3. If the
height resistance is unsatisfactory, replace the fuel sender as an assembly.
CAUTION: After completing this test, wipe the sender dry and reinstall it in the fuel tank.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 6058
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel
Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6063
Overview
Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
> Page 6066

> Page 6067
in the vehicle.

> Page 6068
> Page 6069

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
> Page 6070
Symbols Part 1
> Page 6071
Symbols Part 2
> Page 6072
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

> Page 6073
> Page 6074
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
> Page 6075
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
> Page 6076
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
> Page 6077
shown in [FIG. 7].

> Page 6078
> Page 6079
> Page 6080
Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations
Detail
Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 6084
Overview
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel
Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Customer Interest: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Customer Interest: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 6094
3. Erase the DTC

Customer Interest: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page 6095
PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Customer Interest: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Customer Interest: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 6100
3. Erase the DTC

Customer Interest: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 > Page 6101
PARTS INFORMATION
Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106
Number: 10-EE-002
Date: JULY 2010
Model: SONATA AZERA

TABLE.
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
following DTC:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 TG Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page
6107
3. Erase the DTC

Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-EE-002 > Jul > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122/P2106 > Page
6108
PARTS INFORMATION:
NOTE:
Technical Service Bulletins: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122
Number: 07-36-006
Model: SONATA AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
greater then 4.5%)
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2006-2007 Azera
REPAIR:
NOTE:
incident!
SERVICE PROCEDURE:

Technical Service Bulletins: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 >
Page 6113
3. Erase the DTC

Technical Service Bulletins: > 07-36-006 > Sep > 07 > Engine Controls - Low Power/MIL ON/DTC P2138/P2127/P2122 >
Page 6114
PARTS INFORMATION
Other Service Bulletins for Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of
'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
'PARK' > Page 6120
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
'PARK' > Page 6121
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
'PARK' > Page 6122
PARTS INFORMATION
'PARK' > Page 6128
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
'PARK' > Page 6129
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
'PARK' > Page 6130
PARTS INFORMATION
Page 6131
Page 6132
Detail
Page 6133
Overview
Page 6134
Page 6135
Description
DESCRIPTION
Page 6136
Description
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Page 6137
Schematic Diagram
Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6141
Detail
Overview
Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6161
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer
Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 6172
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 >
Page 6192
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
Page 6193
Page 6194
Page 6195
Page 6196
Page 6197
Page 6198
NOTE:
than K-Line.
Page 6199
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
Page 6200
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
Page 6201
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
Page 6202
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Page 6203
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
Page 6204
Page 6205

Page 6206
Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6207
Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6208
Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Electronic Throttle Control
Throttle Body: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Electronic Throttle Control
2006 SONATA:
Electronic Throttle Control
Initialization
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) provides refined throttle operation. Idle speed control throttle
valve opening control TCS control and cruise control functions are all performed by a single throttle
valve. Under the following conditions the ETC throttle body will need to be initialized:
^ When the Throttle Position Sensor or the Accelerator Position Sensor signals are lost (circuit
malfunction or connector(s) unplugged when circuit is energized.)
^ When the Throttle Assembly is replaced
^ When the PCM is replaced.
Initializing the ETC throttle body accomplishes the following:
^ Completes system recognition of closed and wide open readings of the Throttle Pressure
Sensors
^ Confirms proper circuit operation
^ Verifies throttle position feedback Below is the ETC System Initialization procedure:
1) Make sure the ignition is OFF for more than 10 seconds.

2) Turn the ignition ON for about one second (do not crank) then OFF again.
3) Leave the ignition OFF for more than 10 seconds.
4) Turn the ignition ON again for more than one second. This completes the initialize operation
Note: Visually check the movement of the throttle valve
during initialize process.
To verify proper initialization check throttle valve motion from the accelerator operation by turning
the ignition ON and cranking the engine. This initialization procedure should only be performed
once and only in the event of the conditions listed above.
ETC Assembly
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Throttle Position Sensor: > 10-FL-010 > Aug >
10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's P2135/P0638 > Page 6238
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Throttle Position Sensor: >
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System >
Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Specifications
Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6296
Variable Induction Control Actuator: Locations
Detail
Overview
Variable Induction Control Actuator: Description and Operation
VARIABLE INTAKE SOLENOID (VIS) VALVE
DESCRIPTION
Variable Intake Solenoid (VIS) Valve is installed on the intake manifold and isolates or not the one
bank from the other banks to improve the intake efficiency.
1. Low/Middle Speed: VIS Valve Close Resonating Effect -> Improving Intake Efficiency 2. High
Speed: VIS Valve Open Improving Intake Inertia Effect -> Improving Intake Efficiency
Variable Induction Control Actuator: Testing and Inspection
VARIABLE INTAKE SOLENOID (VIS) VALVE
DESCRIPTION
Variable Intake Solenoid (VIS) Valve is installed on the intake manifold and isolates or not the one
bank from the other banks to improve the intake efficiency.
1. Low/Middle Speed: VIS Valve Close Resonating Effect -> Improving Intake Efficiency 2. High
Speed: VIS Valve Open Improving Intake Inertia Effect -> Improving Intake Efficiency
Schematic Diagram
Specification
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Firing Order > Component Information >
Specifications
..............................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder >
Number One Cylinder

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component
Bank 1
Bank 2
Overview
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component
Detail
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information >
Testing and Inspection
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information >
Testing and Inspection > Page 6363

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information >
Specifications
Ignition Coil: Locations
Detail
Overview
Ignition Coil: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Ignition Coil: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Ignition Coil: Testing and Inspection
INSPECT IGNITION COIL
1. Measure the primary coil resistance between terminals (+) and (-).
Standard value: 0.62 (Ohm) ± 10%

Ignition Coil: Service and Repair
REMOVAL
IGNITION COIL
1. Remove the engine cover.
2. Disconnect the ignition coil connector(A).
NOTE: When removing the ignition coil connector, pull the lock pin(A) and push the clip(B).
3. Remove the ignition coil (B). 4. Installation is the reverse of removal.

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information >
Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Locations > Component Locations > Page 6392
Overview
Locations > Component Locations > Page 6393
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System >
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Bank 1
Bank 2
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6403
Overview
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6404
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6407

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6422
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6428
Detail
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6431

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6446
Waveform
Schematic Diagram
Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations
Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6454

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6469
INSPECTION
replace the switch.
Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6470
REPLACEMENT
Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6475
Overview
Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6476
Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6477
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Item.......................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................Specification
Capacitance..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................1,480 - 2,220 pF
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Specification
DESCRIPTION
Specification
Schematic Diagram
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information >
Specifications
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
NGK .....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................. IFR5G-11
Gap ......................................................................................................................................................
................................ 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 inch)
Torque .................................................................................................................................................
............................................. 20-30 Nm (15-22 lb.ft)
INSPECT SPARK PLUG

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component
Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams >
Shift Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Shift Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T > Component
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set >
Page 6559
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
Page 6560
NOTE:
Page 6561
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
Page 6562
shown above.
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 6567
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement >
Page 6575
Page 6576
NOTE:
Page 6577
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 6582

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:


NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe
DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls -
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls -
PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:


NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls -
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:

Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

NOTE:
upshifts.

NOTE:
Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations >
Component Locations
Detail
Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations >
Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page
6698
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
6699
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
6700
PARTS INFORMATION
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of
'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
'PARK' > Page 6706
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
'PARK' > Page 6707
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
'PARK' > Page 6708
PARTS INFORMATION
Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 08-BE-004 > Jun > 08 >
Electrical - Voltage Drop Diagnostics
Ground Strap: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Voltage Drop Diagnostics
Group: ELECTRICAL
Number: 08-BE-004
Date: JUNE, 2008
Model: ALL
Subject: DIAGNOSIS VOLTAGE DROP
DESCRIPTION:
Excessive resistance in high amperage circuits may result in one or more of the following
symptoms: ^
Blower motor speed slow down and the radio cycles off and on.
Intermittent headlight dimming during deceleration.
This bulletin provides the procedure to diagnose and repair the vehicle wiring grounds.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
1. Start vehicle and turn on headlights (including high beam), air conditioning, and set the blower to
maximum speed.
2. Using a known good digital volt-ohm meter (DVOM), perform a voltage drop test on the positive
battery cable, paying particular attention to the leads to the Engine Room Junction Box (refer to
photo). If the voltage drop is more than 0.2 volts on any of the leads, replace the Positive Battery
Cable.
3. Perform voltage drop test on the negative battery cable. If the voltage drop is more than 0.2
volts, repair or replace the negative battery cable.
Electrical - Voltage Drop Diagnostics > Page 6714
4. Perform voltage drop check to all body ground locations in the engine compartment. Check with
the positive volt meter lead on the negative battery terminal and the negative lead to the ground
locations. If the voltage drop is more than 0.2 volts, repair or replace the body ground terminal
and/or wiring assembly.
5. Perform voltage drop check to all Engine and Transmission ground straps. Check with the
voltmeter positive lead on one end of the strap and the negative lead to the opposite end. If the
voltage drop is more than 0.2 volts, repair or replace the ground terminal and/or ground strap.
NOTE:
When repairing grounds, chase the bolt threads with appropriate tool, clean the harness terminal
and apply a star washer between the bolt and the terminal eyelet. Do not sand or grind paint from
the body.
Normal warranty operation code and times apply.

Electrical - Voltage Drop Diagnostics > Page 6720
4. Perform voltage drop check to all body ground locations in the engine compartment. Check with
the positive volt meter lead on the negative battery terminal and the negative lead to the ground
locations. If the voltage drop is more than 0.2 volts, repair or replace the body ground terminal
and/or wiring assembly.
5. Perform voltage drop check to all Engine and Transmission ground straps. Check with the
voltmeter positive lead on one end of the strap and the negative lead to the opposite end. If the
voltage drop is more than 0.2 volts, repair or replace the ground terminal and/or ground strap.
NOTE:
When repairing grounds, chase the bolt threads with appropriate tool, clean the harness terminal
and apply a star washer between the bolt and the terminal eyelet. Do not sand or grind paint from
the body.
Normal warranty operation code and times apply.

Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Transmission Control System Relay, A/T > Component
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of
'PARK'
Shift Interlock Switch: Customer Interest A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
'PARK' > Page 6751
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
'PARK' > Page 6752
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
'PARK' > Page 6753
PARTS INFORMATION
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Interlock Switch: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift
Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 6759
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Throttle Position Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information
> Locations
Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Mode Switch, A/T > Component Information >
Transmission Mode Switch: Customer Interest A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

Page 6773
and back.
Select:
switches:
Page 6774
Page 6775
PARTS INFORMATION:
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in
'Sports Mode'
Transmission Mode Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

'Sports Mode' > Page 6781
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Mode Switch: > 06-40-015 > Oct > 06 > Electrical
- A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-015
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
ETM, page SD929-2)
REPAIR PROCEDURE
- A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 6789

- A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 6795

Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's
P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
Service Procedure
c below.

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in
'Sports Mode'
Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or
'REVERSE'

'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

'REVERSE' > Page 6820

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: >
09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-013
Date JULY, 2009

P0707, P0708
DESCRIPTION:
range switch.
PARTS INFORMATION
09-AT-013 > Jul > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/DTC's P0705/P0707/P0708/No Start In P/N > Page 6829
Service Procedure
c below.

tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn > Page 6837
Press "ENTER."


06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode'
in 'Sports Mode'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-013
AZERA
DESCRIPTION:
TEST PROCEDURE:

06-40-013 > Sep > 06 > A/T - Won't Shift In 'D', Shifts in 'Sports Mode' > Page 6843
and back.
Select:
switches:
PARTS INFORMATION:
tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse > Page 6850

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'

Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: >
tnt1720307-02 > Mar > 07 > A/T Controls - Neutral Position Switch Adaptive Relearn

Press "ENTER."


tnt1581105-02 > Nov > 05 > A/T - No Movement In Drive/Reverse

Drive/Reverse
MODEL: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

(10-12 Nm, 100-120 kg.cm)
(12-13 Nm, 120-130 kg.cm)

^ Vehicle
inserted.
Go to Step 12.
inserted.
NOTE:
replace the TCM.

Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Transmission Speed Sensor: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T - MIL
ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement
Transmission Speed Sensor: Customer Interest A/T - MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh
Engagement
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-016
Date AUGUST, 2009


P0720, P0721 & P0722
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
conditions:

ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement > Page 6883
PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement > Page 6884
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Transmission Speed Sensor: > 09-AT-016 > Aug > 09 > A/T
- MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-016
Date AUGUST, 2009


P0720, P0721 & P0722
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
conditions:

- MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement > Page 6890
PARTS INFORMATION
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle

^ "Current Data"
- MIL ON/DTC's Set/Fail Safe Mode/Harsh Engagement > Page 6891
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 06-01-003 > May > 06 > Campaign - PCM Update For Slow A/T
Downshift Time
Technical Service Bulletin # 06-01-003 Date: 060501
Campaign - PCM Update For Slow A/T Downshift Time
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-01-003
Date: MAY, 2006
Model: SONATA
Subject: 2006 SONATA 3.3L PCM REPROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS FOR REDUCING

DOWNSHIFT TIME (CAMPAIGN T15)
This bulletin updates TSB # 05-01-015. This bulletin was revised to add the section "IMPORTANT
PREPARATION BEFORE STARTING REPROGRAMMING" which includes new required steps to
help assure successful reprogramming.
IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
This bulletin provides a procedure to reprogram the PCM with the Hi-Scan to reduce the 5->2
downshift time when accelerating with full or nearly full throttle at approximately 40-50 mph.
Model: 2006 Sonata 3.3L vehicles with automatic transaxles
- From the beginning VIN of 2006 Sonata production October 20, 2005
PCM SPECIFICATIONS
Procedure
NOTE:
Verify that the vehicle is affected by accessing Hyundai Motor America's "Warranty Vehicle
Information" screen via DCS interactive or DCS on-line to identify an open TIS Campaign on the
vehicle.
IMPORTANT PREPARATION BEFORE STARTING REPROGRAMMING:
1. Turn off all lights (do not leave headlight switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater/AC/blower, radio, heated seats, rear defogger, etc.) to make certain the battery will not be
discharged during reprogramming.
2. If the vehicle was in storage, you must START and RUN the engine for at least 10 minutes
before reprogramming to assure there will be adequate stabilized vehicle battery voltage required
for a successful reprogram. Battery voltage must remain above 11.0V for the duration of 20-25
minutes of reprogram.
Downshift Time > Page 6900
CAUTIONS DURING REPROGRAMMING:
1. Perform reprogramming with the ignition key in the ON position.
2. Be careful not to disconnect the Hi-Scan Pro during reprogramming.
5. When the reprogramming is completed, turn the ignition key OFF then wait for about 20
seconds. Start the engine and confirm normal operation of the vehicle.
PCM REPROGRAMMING PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
Verify that the vehicle is within the affected production date and VIN range.
HI-SCAN PRO INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
the two bolts.
2. Remove the system software card from the Hi-Scan pro and insert the black 32 MB
reprogramming software card into the Hi-Scan top slot.
3. Connect the DLC cable from the Hi-Scan Pro into the data link connector (16 Pin connector).
NOTE:
Route the cable over the steering column to ensure the cable does not become disconnected.
AUTOMATIC REPROGRAMMING
PROCEDURE:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Do not start the engine)
3. Select option "70. NF 3.3 DRIVING FEEL IMPROVEMENT" and press ENTER.
4. Select option "01. NF 3.3 DRIVING FEEL [AUTO]" and press ENTER.
6. The Hi-Scan Pro will establish communication, check the PCM ID, and reprogram the PCM
automatically.
NOTE:
^ The Hi-Scan Pro detects the current PCM ID, assigns the new PCM ID and displays them on the
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
^ Check the PCM ID displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen to verify that the correct PCM software is
being downloaded (NF5N33*S2AS5E1BC).
WARNING:
Do not interrupt the reprogramming at any time.
^ If the Hi-Scan Pro does not download the program, use the "MANUAL REPROGRAMMING
PROCEDURE" following this section.
7. When "REPROGRAMMING COMPLETED" message is displayed, turn the Hi-Scan Pro OFF.
8. Turn the ignition key OFF for about 20 seconds and start the engine to confirm proper operation
of the vehicle.
MANUAL REPROGRAMMING PROCEDURE:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.

2. Pull out the ECU fuse # 16 (10A) from the engine room relay box for 15 seconds and then
reinstall it.
6. Select option "02. NF 3.3 DRIVING FEEL [ERROR]" and press ENTER.
7. Select 39110-3C760 and press ENTER.

8. Enter the password (3760) and press ENTER.
automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:
11. Turn the ignition key OFF for about 20 seconds and start the engine to confirm proper
operation of the vehicle.
CAMPAIGN CLAIM INFORMATION

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 05-01-015 > Dec > 05 > Campaign - PCM Reprogramming For Slow
A/T Downshift
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Recalls Campaign - PCM Reprogramming For Slow
A/T Downshift
Number: 05-01-015
Model: SONATA

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
^ Affected vehicle production date range: -
From the beginning VIN of 2006 Sonata production October 20, 2005
TCM SPECIFICATIONS
PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
^ Verify that the vehicle is affected by accessing Hyundai Motor America's "Warranty Vehicle
Information" screen via DCS interactive or DCS on-line to identify an open 072 Campaign on the
vehicle.
A/T Downshift > Page 6908
6. The reprogramming takes longer than usual control unit reprogramming. Turn off all lights and
accessories to make certain the battery will not be discharged during reprogramming.
NOTE:
the two bolts.
2. Remove the system software card from the Hi-Scanpro and insert the black 32 MB
NOTE:
AUTOMATIC REPROGRAMMING PROCEDURE:

6. The Hi-Scan Pro will establish communication, check the TCM ID, and reprogram the TCM
automatically.
NOTE:
^ The Hi-Scan Pro detects the current TCM ID, assigns the new TCM ID and displays them on the
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
^ Check the TCM ID displayed on the Hi-Scan Pro screen to verify that the correct TCM software is
WARNING:
Do not interrupt the reprogramming at any time. If the Hi-Scan Pro does not download the program,
use the "MANUAL REPROGRAMMING PROCEDURE" following this section.
of the vehicle.

reinstall it.

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-010 > Aug > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC's
P2135/P0638
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 6917
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 6918
P2135/P0638 > Page 6919
P2135/P0638 > Page 6920
P2135/P0638 > Page 6921
P2135/P0638 > Page 6922
P2135/P0638 > Page 6923
NOTE:
than K-Line.
P2135/P0638 > Page 6924
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
P2135/P0638 > Page 6925
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 6926
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
P2135/P0638 > Page 6927
NOTE:
CAUTION:
P2135/P0638 > Page 6928
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:
P2135/P0638 > Page 6929
P2135/P0638 > Page 6930

P2135/P0638 > Page 6931
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-FL-002 > Jan > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple
DTCs/Rough Idle
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-FL-008 > Aug > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC
P0441 Set
Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:
P0441 Set > Page 6946

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

P0441 Set > Page 6947
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

P0441 Set > Page 6948
click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
P0441 Set > Page 6949
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: >
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - ECU
Reprogramming
it.
06-01-003 > May > 06 > Campaign - PCM Update For Slow A/T Downshift Time
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-01-003
Date: MAY, 2006
Model: SONATA

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
PCM SPECIFICATIONS
Procedure
NOTE:
vehicle.
06-01-003 > May > 06 > Campaign - PCM Update For Slow A/T Downshift Time > Page 6999
NOTE:
the two bolts.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE:
automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:
of the vehicle.

reinstall it.

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:

05-01-015 > Dec > 05 > Campaign - PCM Reprogramming For Slow A/T Downshift
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - PCM
Reprogramming For Slow A/T Downshift
Number: 05-01-015
Model: SONATA

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
TCM SPECIFICATIONS
PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
vehicle.
05-01-015 > Dec > 05 > Campaign - PCM Reprogramming For Slow A/T Downshift > Page 7007
NOTE:
the two bolts.
NOTE:

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:
of the vehicle.

reinstall it.

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: >
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL
Group: FUEL SYSTEM
Number: 10-FL-010
Date: AUGUST 2010

ECM UPDATE
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION:
Symptom/Condition:
NOTE:
APPLICABILITY:
^ 2007-2009 CM Santa Fe
^ 2006-2009 IG Azera
REPAIR ACTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS REQUIRED:
NOTE:
ROM ID Table.
NOTE:
NOTE:
than K-Line.
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TPS.
CAUTION:
occur.
is less than 50%.
update.
NOTE:
NOTE:
home page.
and OK.
then click OK.
NOTE:
TSB.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
update results.
the ECM Update.
NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
mode.
NOTE:

Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 10-FL-002
Date JANUARY, 2010
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
CAUTION:


click OK.
NOTE:
NOTE:

CAUTION:
again.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Group FUEL SYSTEM
Number 09-FL-008
Date AUGUST, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
Santa Fe (CM) 3.3L
NOTE:

NOTE:
Service Procedure
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
CAUTION:

NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:

click OK.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
manual update.
NOTE:

PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - ECU
Reprogramming
it.
it.
06-01-003 > May > 06 > Campaign - PCM Update For Slow A/T Downshift Time
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-01-003
Date: MAY, 2006
Model: SONATA

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
PCM SPECIFICATIONS
Procedure
NOTE:
vehicle.
NOTE:
the two bolts.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE:
automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:
of the vehicle.

reinstall it.

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:

05-01-015 > Dec > 05 > Campaign - PCM Reprogramming For Slow A/T Downshift
PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - PCM
Reprogramming For Slow A/T Downshift
Number: 05-01-015
Model: SONATA

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

DESCRIPTION:
TCM SPECIFICATIONS
PROCEDURE:
NOTE:
vehicle.
NOTE:
the two bolts.
NOTE:

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:
of the vehicle.

reinstall it.

automatically.
NOTE:
Hi-Scan Pro screen.
WARNING:

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain >
Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids
- A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
- A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
- A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions >
Page 7150

Page 7151
in the vehicle.

Page 7152
Page 7153

Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Page 7154
Symbols Part 1
Page 7155
Symbols Part 2
Page 7156
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

Page 7157
Page 7158
NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
Page 7159
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
Page 7160
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
Page 7161
shown in [FIG. 7].

Page 7162
Page 7163
Page 7164
- A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
- A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
- A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7170

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

- A/T > Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
- A/T > Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Band Apply Servo, A/T >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Band Apply Servo: > 06-40-004 > Mar > 06 >
A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover
Band Apply Servo: Customer Interest A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-004
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: 2001-05 XG, 2003-SANTA FE 3.5L, 2006-SONATA 3.3L, 2006-AZERA
Subject: OIL LEAK AT REDUCTION BRAKE PISTON COVER
DESCRIPTION:
Do not replace a 5-speed automatic transaxle because of an oil leak at the reduction brake piston
cover. Replace the piston cover oil seal as instructed in this TSB.
A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover > Page 7213
1. Remove the C-clip on the piston cover.
2. Use a vise-grip or pliers to remove the piston cover.
A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover > Page 7214
3. Remove the oil seals and install two new oil seals on the piston cover (See Parts Information).
4. Reinstall the piston cover in the servo bore.
5. Reinstall the C-clip.
PARTS INFORMATION
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Band Apply Servo: > 06-40-004 >
Mar > 06 > A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover
Band Apply Servo: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston
Cover
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-004
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: 2001-05 XG, 2003-SANTA FE 3.5L, 2006-SONATA 3.3L, 2006-AZERA
Subject: OIL LEAK AT REDUCTION BRAKE PISTON COVER
DESCRIPTION:
Do not replace a 5-speed automatic transaxle because of an oil leak at the reduction brake piston
cover. Replace the piston cover oil seal as instructed in this TSB.
Mar > 06 > A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover > Page 7220
1. Remove the C-clip on the piston cover.
2. Use a vise-grip or pliers to remove the piston cover.
Mar > 06 > A/T - Fluid Leaks at The Reduction Brake Piston Cover > Page 7221
3. Remove the oil seals and install two new oil seals on the piston cover (See Parts Information).
4. Reinstall the piston cover in the servo bore.
5. Reinstall the C-clip.
PARTS INFORMATION
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-40-002 > Feb > 06 > A/T - Oil Leak From
Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area
Bell Housing: Customer Interest A/T - Oil Leak From Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-002
Model: ALL
Subject AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OIL LEAK BEHIND TORQUE CONVERTER
DESCRIPTION:
Some transaxles may experience an oil leak in the bellhousing behind the torque converter. If this
occurs, the oil leak will be observed at the drain hole on the lower surface of the transaxle.
REPAIR DIAGNOSIS:
If you are servicing a vehicle with an oil leak in the bellhousing area behind the torque converter,
refer to the table below to determine the proper repair procedure:
Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area > Page 7230
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Remove the transaxle.
2. Remove the torque converter.
3. Use a suitable tool to remove the oil seal.
4. Apply a thin coat of ATF to the lip of the oil seal before installation. Use the special tool
(09452-21200) to install the oil seal to the oil pump housing.
PARTS INFORMATION:
Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area > Page 7231
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-40-002 > Feb > 06 > A/T - Oil
Leak From Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area
Bell Housing: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Oil Leak From Bell Housing/Torque Converter
Area
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-002
Model: ALL
Subject AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OIL LEAK BEHIND TORQUE CONVERTER
DESCRIPTION:
Some transaxles may experience an oil leak in the bellhousing behind the torque converter. If this
occurs, the oil leak will be observed at the drain hole on the lower surface of the transaxle.
REPAIR DIAGNOSIS:
If you are servicing a vehicle with an oil leak in the bellhousing area behind the torque converter,
refer to the table below to determine the proper repair procedure:
Leak From Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area > Page 7237
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1. Remove the transaxle.
2. Remove the torque converter.
3. Use a suitable tool to remove the oil seal.
4. Apply a thin coat of ATF to the lip of the oil seal before installation. Use the special tool
(09452-21200) to install the oil seal to the oil pump housing.
PARTS INFORMATION:
Leak From Bell Housing/Torque Converter Area > Page 7238
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Bell Housing: > 06-40-015 > Oct > 06
> Electrical - A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-015
Date: OCTOBER, 2006

DESCRIPTION:
ETM, page SD929-2)
REPAIR PROCEDURE
> Electrical - A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 7244

> Electrical - A/T DTC P0708/Electrical Faults > Page 7250

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T >
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:

NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-AT-008 >
Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 7291
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 7299

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 7307
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 7315
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 >
Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 7323
NOTE:

NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1660906-03
> Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

> Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7330
NOTE:
upshifts.

> Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7331
NOTE:

> May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

> May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7336
NOTE:
upshifts.
> May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7337

NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 06-40-005 >
Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7342
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7343
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 7348

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr >
11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 7357
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug >
10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 7365

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 >
Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7373
NOTE:
upshifts.

Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7374
NOTE:

May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7379
NOTE:
upshifts.
May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7380

NOTE:
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar >
06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7385
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7386
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Detail
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
'REVERSE'
Fluid - A/T: Customer Interest A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-AT-002 > Feb > 10 > A/T - Specified ATF
And Additive Usage
Number 10-AT-002
Date FEBRUARY, 2010
Model ALL
DESCRIPTION:

NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 09-AT-006 > Mar > 09 > A/T - Specified ATF
and Additive Usage Information
Number 09-AT-006
Date: MARCH, 2009
Model ALL
DESCRIPTION:
Motor Company."
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic
Transaxle Fluid Level
Group: TRANSMISSION
Number: 06-40-016
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
the ATF is cold
PROCEDURE:
"75C" range.
NOTE:
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 06-40-016 > Nov > 06 > A/T - Automatic
Transaxle Fluid Level > Page 7415
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in
Fluid - A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Fluid - A/T: > 05-01-016 > Dec > 05 > Campaign -
Cup Holder Rubber Flap Replacement
Drink Holders: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - Cup Holder Rubber Flap Replacement
Group: TRIM
Number: 05-01-016
Model: 2006 SONATA
Subject: REPLACEMENT OF FRONT CUP HOLDER RUBBER FLAP (CAMPAIGN T18)
IMPORTANT:

CUSTOMER RETAIL DELIVERY.
DESCRIPTION:
This TSB provides the replacement procedure for the front cup holder rubber flap.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
Affected vehicle production date range: ^
ASAN plant: Produced from Job # 1 to July 9, 2005 (VIN numbers start "KMHE...")
^ HMMA plant: Produced from Job # 1 to September 15, 2005 (VIN numbers start "5NPE...")
SERVICE KIT CONTENTS
SERVICE PROCEDURE:
Cup Holder Rubber Flap Replacement > Page 7429
1. Open the front cup holder cover.
2. Raise the front cup holder flap and remove the screws (4 each) on the back of flap. Unsnap the
two plastic halves.
3. Remove the front cup holder rubber flap and replace it with the new one. Snap the plastic halves
together. Use the supplied screws as necessary.
Cup Holder Rubber Flap Replacement > Page 7435
1. Open the front cup holder cover.
2. Raise the front cup holder flap and remove the screws (4 each) on the back of flap. Unsnap the
two plastic halves.
3. Remove the front cup holder rubber flap and replace it with the new one. Snap the plastic halves
together. Use the supplied screws as necessary.
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications
ATF Capacity .......................................................................................................................................

......................... 10.9 L (11.52 US qts, 9.59 Imp qts)
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 7438
Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications
ATF ......................................................................................................................................................
...................... Diamond ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
Information > Service and Repair > Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check
Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check
INSPECTION
1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70 - 80°C]. 2. Place the
vehicle on a level surface. 3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the
torque converter and the hydraulic system with fluid and move the selector
lever to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position.
4. Before removing the oil level gauge, wipe all contaminants from around the oil level gauge. Then
take out the oil level gauge and check the
condition of the fluid.
NOTE: If the fluid smells as if it is burning, it means that the fluid has been contaminated by fine
particles from the bushes and friction materials, a transaxle overhaul may be necessary.
5. Check that the fluid level is at the hot mark on the oil level gauge. If the fluid level is low, add
automatic transaxle fluid until the level reaches the
HOT mark. Auto transaxle fluid: DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III Quantity: 7.81 (8.2 US qt,
6.9 Imp. qt)
NOTE: Low fluid level can cause a variety of a abnormal conditions because it allows the pump to
take in air along with fluid. Air trapped in the hydraulic system forms bubbles, which are
compressable. Therefore, pressures will be erratic, causing delayed shifting, slipping clutches and
brakes, etc. Improper filling can also raise fluid level too high. When the transaxle has too much
fluid, gears chum up foam and cause the same conditions which occur with low fluid level, resulting
in accelerated deterioration of automatic transaxle fluid. In either case, air bubbles can cause
overheating, and fluid oxidation, which can interfere with normal valve, clutch, and brake operation.
Foaming can also result in fluid escaping from the transaxle vent where it may be mistaken for a
leak.
6. Insert the oil level gauge (A) securely.

NOTE: When new, automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the
assembly plant can identify it as transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze.
The red dye, which is not an indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the
transmission fluid will begin to look darker The color may eventually appear light brown.
Information > Service and Repair > Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check > Page 7441
Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair Transaxle Fluid Replacement
REPLACEMENT
If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using this
procedure.
1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler which is within the
radiator only in 2.4L engine (3.3L-the oil cooler is
separated).
2. Start the engine and let the fluid drain out. Running conditions: N range with engine idling.
CAUTION: The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started. If the fluid has all
drained out before then, the engine should be stopped at that point.
3. Remove the drain plug (A) from the bottom of the transmission case to drain the fluid.
4. Install the drain plug via the gasket, and tighten it to the specified torque.
TORQUE: 40 - 50 Nm (400 - 500 kgf-cm, 29 - 36 ft. lbs.)
5. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
CAUTION: Stop pouring if the full volume of fluid cannot be poured in.
6. Repeat the procedure in step (2).
NOTE: Check the old fluid for contamination. If it has been contaminated, repeat the steps (5) and
(6).
7. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube. 8. Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in
step (1) above and firmly replace the oil level gauge. (In case of this replace, this means after
wiping off any dirt around the oil level gauge, insert it into the filler tube.)
9. Start the engine and run-it at idle for 1-2 minutes.
10. Move the select lever through all positions, and then move it to the N position. 11. Drive the
vehicle until the fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature (70 - 80°C), and then check the
fluid level again. The fluid level must
be at the hot mark.

Information > Service and Repair > Automatic Transaxle Fluid Check > Page 7442
12. Firmly insert the oil level gauge (A) into the oil filler tube.
Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating
Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations
Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams
Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7448

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyundai Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules -
A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-AT-018 > Oct
> 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
> 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 7472
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-AT-003 > May
> 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


> 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 7480
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-40-009-1 >
Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
NOTE:

NOTE:
A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 05-40-016 > Oct >
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:


^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Control Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 7504
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Control Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 7512

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Control Module: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set
DTC's Set
Group TRANSAXLE
Number 09-AT-018
Date OCTOBER, 2009
P0748, P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0770
models.
DESCRIPTION:
P0765 or P0770 set
NOTE:
NOTE:
Control Module: > 09-AT-018 > Oct > 09 > A/T - MIL ON/Failsafe Mode/Multiple Solenoid DTC's Set > Page 7520
PARTS INFORMATION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Actuation Test"
NOTE:
8. Drain the ATF.
temperature (70-80°C, 158-176°F).
shown above.
Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift
Number: 08-AT-003
Date: MAY, 2008

GDS ANALYSIS
95440PQ0.
DESCRIPTION:
NOTE:
^ VIN and "A/T"
"Current Data"
^ "Shift position"
^ "Vehicle speed"


Control Module: > 08-AT-003 > May > 08 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Upshift/Downshift > Page 7528
VIN and "A/T"
PCM/TCM DIAGNOSIS:
NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

^
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 07-40-009-1

OR REVERSE
DESCRIPTION:
replace the mounts.
shop manual.
manual.
Control Module: > 07-40-009-1 > Sep > 07 > A/T - Harsh/Delayed Reverse or Drive Engagement > Page 7536
NOTE:

NOTE:
Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7543
NOTE:
upshifts.

Control Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7544
NOTE:

Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7549
NOTE:
upshifts.
Control Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7550

NOTE:
Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7555
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Control Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7556
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

Control Module: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE'
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 05-40-016
Date: OCTOBER, 2005
Model: ALL
DESCRIPTION:
shown below:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
NOTE:

Control Module: > 05-40-016 > Oct > 05 > A/T - No Movement in 'DRIVE' or 'REVERSE' > Page 7561

^ Vehicle
Go to Step 12.
NOTE:

A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control
Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
Number: 11-AT-008
Date: APRIL 2011
Model: ALL

VALUES
Sedan.
DESCRIPTION:

Module: > 11-AT-008 > Apr > 11 > A/T - TCM/ECM Adaptive Value Rest/Relearn Procedure > Page 7570
seconds.
NOTE:
NOTE:

NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:

Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values
Values
Number: 10-AT-Oil
Date: AUGUST 2010
Model: ALL
Subject
CAUTION:
DESCRIPTION:

Module: > 10-AT-011 > Aug > 10 > A/T Controls - Resetting PCM/TCM Adaptive Values > Page 7578

NOTE:
NOTE:
completed as shown.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
openings.
NOTE:
Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure
Procedure
MODEL: All
DESCRIPTION:
as shown below.
VEHICLES AFFECTED:
^ All

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
press "ENTER"

Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7586
NOTE:
upshifts.

Module: > tnt1660906-03 > Sep > 06 > A/T, Engine Controls - ECM/TCM Reset/Relearn Procedure > Page 7587
NOTE:

Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values
Values

HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle

Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7592
NOTE:
upshifts.
Module: > tnt1630506-01 > May > 06 > A/T Controls - PCM/TCM Reset/Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7593

NOTE:
Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values
Group: TRANSAXLE
Number: 06-40-005
Date: MARCH, 2006
Model: ALL

VALUES
DESCRIPTION:

as shown below.
Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7598
HI-SCAN PROCEDURE:
^ Select vehicle
NOTE:
Module: > 06-40-005 > Mar > 06 > A/T Controls - Reset and Relearn Adaptive Values > Page 7599
completed as shown.
occur.
NOTE:

A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations
Detail
A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7602
A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift
Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 7611
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service
Bulletins for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK'
Number: 06-40-008-1
Date: OCTOBER, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
^ Vehicle
^ "Current Data"
^ Brake Switch"
Bulletins for Shift Interlock Control Module: > 06-40-008-1 > Oct > 06 > A/T - Can't Shift Into/Out Of 'PARK' > Page 7619
2006 - SONATA
2006 - AZERA:
2007 - ENTOURAGE:
2007 - SANTA FE:
2007 - ELANTRA
TEST PROCEDURE:
PARTS INFORMATION
A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7622
A/T > Transmission Control System Relay, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

in the vehicle.


Example
diagram.
Example
junction block.
HARNESS LAYOUTS
Symbols Part 1
Symbols Part 2
is any notice.
is reference value.
SIMULATING HEAT
WARNING: -

NOTE: -
be damaged.
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT
- Continuity Check
- Voltage Check
side to side.
shown in [FIG. 2].
shown in [FIG. 4].
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT
resistance.
Circuit
shown in [FIG. 7].

Hyu

Hyundai Sonata Workshop Manual (V6-3.3L (2006) ) - Optimized

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hyundai Sonata Workshop Manual (V6-3.3L (2006) ) - Optimized

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Factory Workshop Manual

Engine and year

Please navigate through the PDF using the options

This manual was submitted by

Power Door Lock Relay: Testing and Inspection

POWER DOOR LOCK RELAY

I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the I/P-D.

No.11 terminal in the I/P-E and No.9 terminal in the I/P-D.

COMPONENT: Suspension: Automatic Stability Control (ASC)

POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 1970

Electronic Brake Control Module: Recalls Recall - ESC ECU Reprogramming

Date: JULY, 2005

Model: 2006 SONATA V6

Subject: SONATA ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS - CAMPAIGN 070

DEALERS MUST PERFORM THIS CAMPAIGN ON ALL AFFECTED VEHICLES PRIOR TO

WHEN A VEHICLE ARRIVES AT THE SERVICE DEPARTMENT, ACCESS HYUNDAI MOTOR

^ Model: 2006 SONATA 3.3L vehicles with ESC

^ Affected vehicle production date range:

^ Produced from May 5, 2005 through June 10, 2005

ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS:

1. Perform reprogramming with the ignition key in the "ON" position.

3. Do not start the engine during reprogramming.

ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING:

5. Turn the Hi-Scan Pro ON and press ENTER.

Be careful not to interrupt the reprogramming.

EXPLANATION OF ERROR MESSAGE:

1. "INVALID PASSWORD": Please enter the exact password again.

2. "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED" or "INCORRECT TARGET ID": This reprogramming has

CAMPAIGN CLAIM INFORMATION:

Submit claim using the Campaign Claim Screen.

COMPONENT: Suspension: Automatic Stability Control (ASC)

POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 1970

Date: JULY, 2005

Model: 2006 SONATA V6

Subject: SONATA ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS - CAMPAIGN 070

DEALERS MUST PERFORM THIS CAMPAIGN ON ALL AFFECTED VEHICLES PRIOR TO

WHEN A VEHICLE ARRIVES AT THE SERVICE DEPARTMENT, ACCESS HYUNDAI MOTOR

^ Model: 2006 SONATA 3.3L vehicles with ESC

^ Affected vehicle production date range:

^ Produced from May 5, 2005 through June 10, 2005

ESC ECU SPECIFICATIONS:

1. Perform reprogramming with the ignition key in the "ON" position.

3. Do not start the engine during reprogramming.

ESC ECU REPROGRAMMING:

5. Turn the Hi-Scan Pro ON and press ENTER.

Be careful not to interrupt the reprogramming.

EXPLANATION OF ERROR MESSAGE:

1. "INVALID PASSWORD": Please enter the exact password again.

2. "ALREADY REPROGRAMMED" or "INCORRECT TARGET ID": This reprogramming has

CAMPAIGN CLAIM INFORMATION:

Submit claim using the Campaign Claim Screen.

Electronic Brake Control Module: Component Locations

ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) Component Locations

ESC (Electronic Stability Control) System Component Locations

Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

01 DIAGRAMS BY SYSTEM/ NAME OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

02 CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION (COMPONENTS)

05 CONNECTOR VIEW AND NUMBERING ORDER

06 WIRE COLOR ABBREVIATIONS

A connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.